UC-NRLF 


E57    flSM 


I 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


OK" 


Mrs.  SARAH  P.  WALS  WORTH. 

'  Received  October  ,  1894. 
Accessions  No.  l-.      Class  No. 


WORD-BOOK 
ENGLISH    SPELLING, 

ORAL  AND  WRITTEN. 


DESIGNED  TO  ATTAIN  PRACTICAL  RESULTS  IN  THE  ACQUISITION 

OF  THE  ORDINARY  ENGLISH  VOCABULARY, 

AND  TO^EltVE  AS  AN 

INTRODUCTION  TO  WORD-ANALYSIS. 


BY 


WILLIAM   SWINTON,  A.  M., 

AUTHOR  OF   "WORD-ANALYSIS,"   "  WORD-PRIMER,"   "LANGUAGE  SERIES,' 
"CONDENSED  HISTORY  OF  THE   UNITED  STATES,"  ETC. 


=£M 

'  *,»        Q** 

~4jr/*.* 

REVISED    EDITION. 

^**?*>        ^ 


tr^^-^^t  ^ 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO  : 
IVISON,   BLAKEMAN,  TAYLOR,  AND  COMPANY. 

1881. 


COPYRIGHT,  1872. 
BT  WILLIAM   SWINTON. 


wo 


PEEFACE 


LEARNING  to  spell  the  English  language  correctly  is  the 
most  difficult  task  of  school  life.  Hence  correct  spelling 
is  rightly  regarded  as  a  sign  of  culture,  and  bad  spelling 
as  indicating  a  lack  of  it.  ^  . 

Orthography  cannot  be  taught  in  twelve  easy  lessons : 
it  can  be  acquired  only  by  hard  study.  It  is  true  that 
the  spelling  of  many  words  is  learned  by  pupils  from  the 
reading-lessons ;  but  these  lessons,  valuable  as  they  are, 
need  to  be  supplemented  by  a  special  text-book  for 
special  study.  The  Word-Book  is  neither  a  "Primary 
Speller"  nor  a  Dictionary.  It  omits  the  alphabet  and 
the  "  ab  ab's  "  on  the  one  hand,  and  on  the  other,  quite 
a  number  of  sesquipedalian  words  common  to  all  ©Id- 
time  "spelling-books." 

It  is  designed  to  precede  the  author's  class-book  of 
"Word- Analysis  (though  perfectly  suited  for  use  by  itself), 
and  is  adapted  to  ungraded  schools,  and  to  the  lower 
classes  of  grammar  schools. 

Spelling  is  the  leading  idea;  but  at  the  same  time  a 
foundation  is  laid  for  the  subsequent  study  of  words  and 
of  language. 


iv  PREFACE. 

Some  of  the  technical  points  of  superiority  claimed 
for  the  Word-Book  over  the  old-style  "spelling-books" 
are:  — 

1.  Short  lessons. 

2.  A  careful  division  of  lessons  into  written  spelling 
and  oral  spelling. 

3.  A  specific  division  of  lessons   into   monthly   and 
yearly  sections. 

4  Systematic  monthly,  yearly,  and  general  review  les- 
sons, by  means  of  which  the  spelling  of  the  more  difficult 
words  is  secured  by  continued  repetition. 

5.  A  careful  arrangement  of  words  in  Section  I.  with 
reference  to  the  vowel  sounds,  as  an  aid  to  correct  pro- 
nunciation. 

6.  A  distribution  in  Section  I.  of  short  lessons  includ- 
ing common  abbreviations  and  given  names  of  persons. 

7.  A  classification  in  short  lessons  of  the  names  of 
common  objects,  and  of  words  used  in  various  trades  and 
occupations. 

8.  A  classification  of  words  with  reference  to  certain 
leading  ideas,  and  the  use  of  the  principle  of  association 
of  ideas  as  an  important  auxiliary  in  definitions  and  dis- 
criminations. 

9.  Particular  attention  to  the  vocabulary  of  every-day 
life,  not  omitting  colloquial  words  and  Americanisms. 

10.  A   distribution   in   short   lessons   of  French   and 
Latin  words  and  phrases  in   common  use  in  the  daily 
press. 


PREFACE.  V 

11.  The  introduction   of  a  simple  method   of  word- 
analysis,  with  reference  to  Saxon  and  classical  roots,  pre- 
fixes and  suffixes.     The  main  object  of  these  lessons  is 
the  orthography,  but  at  the  same  time  the  pupil  will  get 
at  the  drift  of  the  meaning  of  the  derivative  words. 

12.  The  practical  character  of  the  work,  which  aims  to 
set  forth,  not  the  tens  of  thousands  of  "  long-tailed  words 
in  osity  and  ation"  but  the  actual  vocabulary  used  in 
sneaking  and  writing. 

There  seems  to  be  a  fair  field  for  a  text-book  more  in 
harmony  with  the  spirit  of  modern  philology  than  the 
old-fashioned  "  spelling-books."  The  Word-Book  is  sub- 
mitted to  the  judgment  of  educated  teachers  with  the 
hope  that  it  may  secure  correct  English  spelling  and 
at  the  same  time  awaken  an  interest  in  the  study  of 
words. 

W.  S. 

NEW  YOKK,  1872. 


NOTE  TO  THE  EEVISED  EDITION. 

AT  the  request  of  many  teachers,  the  present  edition 
has  been  revised  so  as  to  exhibit  in  the  case  of  each  word 
the  exact  syllabication  and  the  primary  accent. 

W.  S. 
1876. 


SWINTON'S  WORD-BOOK. 


SECTION  I. 
FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


FIRST    MONTH. 

1.  Objects  in  a  School-Room. 
Written  Exercise. 

Write  on  slates  or  paper,  and  put  a  period  after  each  word. 

desks. 

chairs. 

books. 

slates. 

charts. 

maps. 

2.  Names  of  Boys  and  Girls. 
Written  Exercise. 

They  should  always  begin  with  a  capital  letter.     Be  careful  to  put  a  period 
after  each  word. 

Grace. 
Hel'en. 
I'  da. 
Jane. 
Kate. 
George.  Pe'  ter.  Flo/  ence.  Lu'  cy. 


ta  ble. 

black'  boards. 

spong  es. 

chalk. 

platform. 

pen'  cils. 

stove. 

point  ers. 

knives. 

teach'  er. 

rub  bers. 

rul'  ers. 

bell. 

pict  ures. 

clock. 

cray  ons. 

schol  ars. 

pa'  per. 

Al'bert. 

Hen'  ry. 

Al'  ice. 

Charles. 

Ja  cob. 

Ber  tha. 

Da'  vid. 

John. 

Clar  a. 

Ed'  ward. 

Lew'  is. 

Do'  ra. 

Frank. 

Mo'  ses. 

El'  len. 

SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


3.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  long  sound  of  a,  as  in  fate,  marked  a. 


grape 

ma'  tron        wa'  ger         an7  gel 

sav'  ior 

bathe 

pa  tron         sa  tan           man  ger 

sales  man 

gate 

pas  try          ra  ven           stran  ger 

trades  man 

paste 

a  corn           la  tent          na  val 

grave  yard 

scrape 

va  por          na  ture         na  tion 

na  sal 

4.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  other  letters  have  the  sonnd  of  long  a. 

brain 

dai'  ly                 rail'  road 

cray'  on 

snail 

dain  ty                 sail  or 

may  or 

skein 

rai  ment              hei  nous 

day  time 

chain 

dai  sy                  jail  er 

pay  day 

whey 

wait  er                rein  deer 

pay  ment 

5.  Names  of  Common  Animals. 

Written  Exercise. 

hors'  es. 

po'  nies.                mas'  tiffs. 

squir'  rels. 

calves. 

pup  pies.             lap-dogs. 

wea'  sels. 

sheep. 

kit'  tens.              span'  iels. 

don'  keys. 

lambs. 

heif  ers.              terf  ri  ers. 

mules. 

cows. 

hounds.                rob'  bits. 

cat'  tie. 

6.  Parts  of  a  House. 

Written  Exercise. 

en'  try. 

at'  tic.                 li  bra  ry. 

clos'  et. 

par  lor. 

eel  lar.                scul'  ler  y. 

en'  po  la. 

kitch  en. 

gar  ret.                ve  ran  da. 

pi  az  za. 

bed  room. 

base  ment.           clothes-press. 

bal'  co  ny. 

c/tam  ber. 

stair  case.           wash-room. 

cup'  board. 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 

7.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  a  in  add,  marked  a. 


hat 

bar  lad             wag'  on             pas'  sion 

wag 

ac  id                 pat  ent              ac  tion 

rap 

ad  der               ad  die               tas  sel 

have 

al  urn                cab  in               gal  lop 

slant 

an  vil                Ar  ab               ham  mock 

8. 

Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Sound  of  a. 

Be  careful  to  give  the  short  sound  of  a  in  every  word. 

ac'  cent 

gal'  lant            flan'  nel             car'  ry 

ab  sence 

scaf  fold            las  so                sal  ad 

hav  oc 

blad  der            pal  ate              Ian  tern 

das  tard 

clat  ter             span  gle            gath  er 

an  gle 

mar  ry              an  swer             rath  er 

9.  Written  Spelling. 

Household 

Names.                                     Names  of  Fruits. 

fa  ther. 

hus'  band.         ap  pies,            cur  rants. 

moth'  er. 

wife.                  ap  ri  cots.        straw'  der  ries. 

broth'  er. 

un  cle.             pears.                rasp  der  ries. 

sis'  ter. 

aunt.                peach'  es.          goose  ber  ries. 

niece. 

com  in.            quin  ces.           black'  ber  ries. 

10.  Written  Spelling. 

Names  of  Tools.                                     Occupations. 

awl. 

hatch'  et.      .     hat'  ter.             butch'  er. 

axe. 

ham  mer.          paint'  er.           coop'  er. 

knife. 

aii  ger.              brew'  er.            car'  pen  ter. 

plane. 

chis'  el.             print'  er.           mil'  li  ner. 

shears. 

ra  zor.             gar'  den  er.       teach'  er. 

SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

11.   Oral   Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  a  in  arm  and  palm,  marked  a. 


far 

far'  thest 

har'  vest 

la'  va 

Ua'ma 

are 

dar  ling 

liar  ness 

fa  ther 

bra  vo 

harm 

mar  ble 

var  nish 

pa  pa' 

•  gua  no 

farm 

car  cass  ^ 

gar  den 

mam  ma 

gua  va 

cart 

char  coal 

gar  ter 

lath7  ing 

Ja  va 

12.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  a  or  au  =  a. 


palm 

calf 

aunt 

laugh 

laun'  dry 

balm 

half 

daunt 

gaunt 

gaunt  let 

psalm 

bath 

flaunt 

jaunt 

jaun  dice 

salve 

wrath 

launch 

haunt 

saun  ter 

calm 

gape 

taunt 

haunch 

daunt  less 

13.    Parts  of  the  Human  Body. 
Written  Exercise. 

head.  wrists.  fore  head.  knees, 

hair.  throat.  eye  brows.  joints, 

ears.  breast.  eye  lids.  veins, 

eyes.  tlmmbs.  fin  gers.  shoul'  ders. 

tongue.  thighs.  an  kles.  stom  ach. 


14.  Months  and  their  Abbreviations. 


Jan'  u  a  ry. 
Feb'  ru  a  ry. 
March. 
A'  pril. 
May. 
June. 


Written  Exercise. 

Jan.  Ju  ly .  Jul. 

Feb.  Au'  gust.  Aug. 

Mar.  Sep  tern  ber.  Sept. 

Apr.  Oc  to  ber.  Oct. 

May.  No  vemf  ber.  Nov. 

June.  De  cem  ber.  Dec. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK.  5 

15.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  which  have  the  sound  of  a  in  ask,  marked  a. 

NOTE.  —  This  is  a  difficult  sound,  and  teachers  should  take  special  pains  to  train  pupils 
to  give  it  correctly. 


last 

waft              task              mas'  ter 

aft'  er 

grass 

pass              mask            plas  ter 

has  ket 

ask 

gasp             glance           pas  ture 

cas  ket 

past 

pant              grant            pas  tor 

nas  ty 

dance 

chant            cask              raft  er 

pass  -word 

16.  Articles  of  Dress. 

Written  Exercise. 

Ion'  net. 

man  til'  la.              tu'  nic. 

neck'  tie. 

man  tie. 

par'  a  sol.               wrap  per. 

col  lar. 

gait  ers. 

pan  ta  loons'.         cor  set. 

slip  per. 

apron. 

pan  ta  lets.            era  vat'. 

draw  ers. 

trou  sers. 

pet'  ti  coat.             jack'  et. 

o  ver  coat. 

17.  Written  Spelling. 

Names  of 

persons  are  proper  nouns.     They  should  always  begin  with  a 

capital  letter. 

Women.                                                                       Men. 

Ag  nes. 

Ju  li  a.               Seth. 

Wai'  ter. 

Blanche. 

Lau  ra.              Si'  las. 

Wil  Us. 

Def  li  a. 

Ma  ri  a.             Alfred. 

Mar  tin. 

El'  la. 

Nan  cy.               Cy  rus. 

Ar  thur. 

Flo'  ra. 

01'  we.                Rich  ard. 

Clar  ence. 

18.   Common  Abbreviations. 

Written  Exercise. 

an'  swer. 

ans.                     fore'  noon. 

A.M. 

cents. 

els.                      aft'  er  noon. 

P.M. 

pounds. 

Ids.                      noon. 

M. 

street. 

st.                       Doc  tor. 

Dr. 

num'  ber. 

No.                      Mis'  ter. 

Mr. 

BWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

19.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  a  in  all,  marked  a. 


salt 
malt 

al'  so                    al'  ways 
hal  ter                 bal  sam 

al'  der 
fal  ter 

talk 
small 
waltz 

al  most                wal  low 
cal  dron              pal  sy 
pal  try                 al  ter 

squall  y 
wal  rus 
swamp  y 

20.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  having  the  sound  of  au  =  a. 

haul 

sau'  cer               cau'  cus 

au'  thor 

maul 
caul 
cause 
caulk-/ 

sau  cy                 caus  tic 
pau  per               cau  tion 
sau  sage              au  dit 
au  burn              au  tumn 

fault  less 
lau  rel 
gaud  y 
daub  ing 

21.  Monthly  Oral  Review  Lesson. 

Divide  into  syllables  in  spelling. 

snake 
snail 
catch 
psalm 
waltz 

a'  ere            la'  va              al'  most 
sa  her           lath  ing          wal  nut 
ar  id             gua  no            al  ter 
pat  ent         fore  head        wal  low 
rath  er          pas  time         sau  cer 

haugh'  ty 
dai  ly 
may  or 
mas  tiff 

gayty 

22.  Monthly  Written  Review  Lesson. 

knives, 
span  iel. 
squir  Tel. 
kitch  en. 
pi  az  za. 

quin  ces.             trou  sers. 
cm  ger.                 schol  ars. 
mil'  li  ner.          cor  nice, 
fore'  head.          cur  rants, 
an  kles,               hatch  et, 

Ed'  gar. 
Flor  ence. 
FeV  ru  a  ry. 
Blanche. 
Ma  ri'  a. 

FHIST    YEAR'S    WORK. 

SECOND    MONTH. 

23.   Oral  Exercise. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  a  before  r,  as  in  care,  marked  a. 


mare             share            pair 
ware             rare              bear 
dare              pare              hair 
scare            scarce           air 
bare             snare            wear 

swear 
their 
tear 
chair 
glare 

par'  ent 
prayer 
stair 
fair'  y 
stair  way 

24.  Trees  and  Flowers. 

Written 

Exercise. 

beech, 
spruce, 
hem  lock, 
ma  pie. 
hick'  o  ry. 

wil'  loiu. 
al  der. 
chest  nut. 
lau  rel. 
syc  a  more. 

lit'  y. 
vi'  o  let. 
pe  o  ny. 
tit  lip. 
poppy. 

lu  pine, 
dai  sy. 
pan  sy. 
hoi'  ly  hock, 
but'  ter  cup. 

25 

.  Pronunciation 

and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having 
as  6  in  not. 

the  sound  of  a  in  what,  marked  a.     This 

sound  is  the  same 

wad 
wand 
wan 
squash 
squad 

wan7  der 
wal  let 
wab  ble 
wal  low 
war  rant 

wan'  ton 
wad  die 
wad  ding 
warn  pum 
stal  wartof 

qua/  rel 
quar  ry 
quad  rant 
squab  ble 
squan  der 

26.  Kinds 

of  Colors. 

Written 

Exercise. 

ru'  by. 

yel'  low. 

li'  lac. 

ma  roon. 

dam  asJc. 

lem  on. 

vi  o  let. 

rus'  set. 

scar  let. 
crim  son. 

am  der. 
cit  ron. 

or  ange. 
lav  en  der. 

sor  rel. 
az  ure. 

ver  mil'  ion. 

in  di  go. 

sain)'  on. 

em  er  aid. 

SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 

27.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  having  the  long  sound  of  e  in  eve,  marked  6. 


e  long. 

ie  =  e  long. 

eve 

peace 

field 

shield 

brief 

ear 

lease 

fiend 

yield 

lief 

sere 

feast 

fierce 

shriek 

niece 

hear 

fear 

pierce 

priest 

siege 

mere 

tear 

tierce 

grief 

piece 

28.   Household  Articles. 
Written  Exercise. 


las'  ket. 

crick'  et. 

la  die. 

pict'  ure. 

ba  sin. 

cur  tain. 

mir  ror. 

sau  cer. 

bol  ster. 

gob  let. 

nap  kin. 

bed  stead. 

Man  ket. 

grat  er. 

pi  I  low. 

sauce  pan. 

car  pet. 

grid  Me. 

pitch  er. 

turn  bier. 

29.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  having  the  sound  of  long  6. 


i  before  e. 

a  chieve'  re  lieve/ 

re  lief 


ag  grieve 
re  prieve 
re  trieve 
be  lieve 


a  piece 
afield 
chief  tain 


e  before  i. 

con  ceit'  de  ceive' 

con  ceive 
per  ceive 
re  ceive 


re  ceipt 


nei'  ther 
ceil  ing 
seiz  ing 
ei  ther 


30.  Common  Abbreviations. 

Written  Exercise. 

Cred'  i  tor.  Cr.  North. 

Debt'  or.  Dr.  South. 

Mis'  tress.  Mrs.  East. 

Gov  ern  or.  Gov.  West. 


Hon  or  a  ble,     Hon. 


North'  east. 


N. 
8. 
E. 
W. 

N.E. 


FIEST    YEAR'S   WORK. 

31.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  e  \n  end,  marked  8. 

well  egg  er7  rand  gest'  ure  ver7  y 

bell  elm  her  ring  mead  ow  pen  ny 

chess  else  cher  ub  weath  er  ech  o 

sense  yes  ket  tie  feath  er  pref  ace 

swell  knell  rel  ic  wheth  er  met  al 

32.   Birds  and  Fishes. 
Written  Exercise. 


rob'  in. 

king'  bird. 

perch. 

pick'  er  el. 

spar  row. 

nig  ht  hawk. 

roach. 

salm'  on. 

swal  low. 

bob'  o  link. 

pout. 

mack'  er  el. 

plov  er. 

chick'  a  dee. 

suck'  er. 

her  ring. 

cuck'  oo. 

night'  in  gale. 

shin  er. 

sar  dine. 

stead7  y 
read  y 
bur  y 
leath  er 
meas  ure 


33.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  various  vowels  have  the  sound  of  short  8« 

deaf 

an7  y 
man  y 
heif  er 


peas  ant 


sweat7  y 

a  gain7 

deaf  en 

a  gainst 

clean  ly 

in  stead 

dead  en 

heath7  er 

head  ache 

dread  ful 

34.  Names  of  Men. 

Written  Exercise. 


De'  los. 

Hi  ram. 

Pat'  rick. 

Paul. 

Dan  iel. 

Hor  ace. 

Mat  thew. 

Phil'  ip. 

Eb  en. 

Hugh. 

Na  than. 

Ralph. 

Ed  win. 

I'  ra. 

01'  i  ver. 

Reu  ben. 

Eu  gene. 

Lou  is. 

Os  car. 

Rob'  ert. 

1* 

10 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


35.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  e  before  r,  as  in  verge,  marked  e. 

NOTE.  —  Teachers  should  pronounce  these  words  for  the  pupils,  giving  a  concert  exer- 
cise in  correct  pronunciation. 


fern 

merge           er'  mine        cer'  tain 

ver'diet 

serve 

earth            err  ing         serv  ile 

ver  bal 

verb 

nerve            mer  cy         ear  nest 

ker  nel 

clerk 

err               per  son         ser  mon 

mer  chant 

verse 

earn             verd  ure       cler  gy 

serv  ant 

36.  Articles  of  Pood. 

Written  Exercise. 

mut'  ton. 

chick'  en.            pas'  try. 

sug'  ar. 

po  ta'  toes. 

tur  key.              car  rots. 

pud  ding. 

&au'  sa  ges. 

da  con.               sal  ad. 

pre  serves'. 

dough'  nuts. 

cad  bage.             eel'  er  y. 

rai'  sins. 

beef  steak. 

to  ma'  toes.         pick'  les. 

al  monds. 

37.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  long  sound  of  i  in  ice. 

fine 

tripe             ci'  der           live'  ly 

high'  land 

pipe 

snipe            ci  pher         mi  nor 

dial 

thrive 

crime            li  cense         bi  ped 

di  et 

night 

twine            fi  nite           twi  light 

di  vers 

mind 

strife             ti  ny             i  dol 

Friday 

38.  Names  of  Occupations. 

Written  Exercise. 

The  suffixes  er  and  or  mean  one  who. 

hat'  ter. 

sail'  or.               writ'  er. 

bro'  ker. 

mill  er. 

gro  cer.               au  thor. 

butch  er. 

cob  bier. 

teach  er.             sol  dier. 

paint  er. 

coop  er. 

law  yer.              act  or. 

wait  er. 

min  er. 

preach  er.           bank  er. 

print  er. 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


11 


39.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  i  in  the  last  syllable. 


de  vise' 
re  vise 
re  side 
de  sire 
ad  vise 

sub  side' 
sur  prise 
de  spise 
re  sign 
bap  tize 

ar  rive' 
as  pire 
re  tire 
de  fine 
in  cline 

in  quire' 
in  spire 
ex  pire 
in  vite 
per  spire 

40.   A  Lesson  for  Girls. 

AV  i  gail, 

or    Ab'  bie. 

Is'  a  bel,      or 

Belle. 

Car'  o  line 

,       or    Car  rie. 

Mar'  ga  ret,  or 

Mag'  gie. 

Cath'  a  rine,     or    Ka  tie. 

Mar'  tha,      or 

Mat  tie. 

E  liz'  a  beth,   or    Liz  zie. 

Ma  ry,   .      or 

Mol  lie. 

Geor  gi  a' 

na,  or    Geor  gie. 

Sa  rah,        or 

Sal  lie. 

41.  Monthly 

Oral  Review. 

Divide  into  syllables  in  spelling. 

their 

egg             par'  ent 

re  lieve' 

kef  tie 

scare 

err             prayer 

a  piece 

wheth  er 

squash 

earn            fair'  y 

de  ceive 

mar  ry 

beard 

night          square 

re  ceipt 

any 

niece 

swear          quar'  rel 

seiz'  ing 

leath  er 

42.  Monthly  Written  Review. 

dais'  y. 

salm  on. 

U'  lac. 

Reu'  ben. 

chest'  nut. 

cuck  oo. 

vi  o  let. 

Dan  iel. 

pe  o  ny. 

au  tumn. 

cur'  tain. 

Mat  thew. 

crim  son. 

rai  sins. 

pig  eon. 

Harr  ri  et. 

grat  er. 

pick  les. 

eel'  er  y. 

Ka  tie. 

SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


THIRD    MONTH. 

43.   Oral  Exercise. 


Words  having  the  sound  of  i  before  r.    This  is  like  the  sound  of  6  in  verge. 


shirt 

third 

chirp 

vir'  gin 

dirt7  j 

girth 

shirk 

skirt 

sir  loin 

cir  cle 

flirt 

dirge 

whirl 

stir  rap  ^ 

skir  misli 

bird 

first 

mirth 

fir  kin 

firm  ness 

birth 

dirk 

thirst 

squir  rel 

girl  hood 

44.  Names  of  Occupations. 
Written  Exercise. 


ed'  i  tor. 

nurse. 

print'  er. 

ship'  wright. 

re  port'  er. 

seam  stress. 

sad  dler. 

wheel  wright. 

nov'  el  ist. 

ped'  dler. 

sta'  tion  er. 

lock  smith. 

mu  si'  dan. 

phi/  si'  dan. 

mer'  chant. 

jew'  el  er. 

his  to  rian. 

plumb'  er. 

shep  herd. 

sur'  geon. 

45.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  i  in  ill,  marked  L 


itch 

since 

frig"  id 

itt'y 

brff  tie 

hill 

rinse 

rigid 

vine  yard 

whit  tie 

which 

wince 

dig  it 

pic  nic 

Eng  land 

ditch 

sink 

liv  id 

live  long 

En  glish 

niche 

kink 

tim  id 

tin  gle 

I  tal'  ian 

46.   A  Lesson  for  Boys. 

Names  and  their  Abbreviations. 

Ben'  ja  min,       Benj.  Al  ex  an  der,  Alex. 

Charles,  Chas.  Chris'  to  pher,  Chris. 

George,  Geo.  Wil'  Ham,  Wm. 

James,  Jas.  Sam  u  el,  Sam'l. 

Thorn'  as,  Thos.  Jon  a  than,  Jona. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK.  13 

47.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  i  in  ill.     The  last  syllable  of  each  word 
in  the  last  two  columns  has  the  short  sound  of  i. 


tim'  id 

nim'  ble 

fer'  ule 

bis'  cuit 

fiddle 

kin  die 

vil  lain 

bus  y 

piv  ot 

witch  es 

let  tuce 

min  ute 

crit  ic 

rich  es 

mar  riage 

gain  ea 

miin  ic 

sin  gle 

moun  tain 

worn  en 

48.  Written  Spelling. 

Write,  and  divide  the  words  into  syllables,  marking  the  accented  syllables. 
Short  sound  of  i. 


trib'  une. 

en  gine. 

act'  we. 

tit'  bit. 

vis  or. 

frag  He. 

due  tile. 

mv  id. 

pitch  er. 

hos  tile. 

res  pile. 

lat  lice. 

willful. 

tor  toise. 

mis  sile. 

ag  ile. 

jas  mine. 

rep  tile. 

na  tive. 

er  mine. 

49.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  i.     Avoid  giving  the  long  sound  of  I  ii» 
the  first  syllable. 


di  reef 

di  vide' 

af  flict' 

mal7  ice 

cigar 

di  vine 

a  midst 

nov  ice 

di  gest 

di  vorce 

ac  quit 

of  fice 

di  late 

fi  nance 

in  still 

prac  tice 

di  vest 

ti  rade 

sub  sist 

crev  ice 

50.  Common  Abbreviations. 

Written  Exercise. 

Ed' it  or,  Ed.  General,  Gen. 

Dol'  lars,  Lois.  In  ter  est,  Int. 

Juri  ior,  Jr.  A  mount',  Ami. 

Cap1  tain,  Capt.  Ac  count',  Acct. 

Post  Office,     P.  0.  Ex  am' pie,  Ex. 


14  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

51.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  o  in  old,  marked  6.     Be  careful  not  to  shorten 
this  sound  into  short  6. 


home 

smoke 

most 

o  ral 

gro'cer 

bone 

choke 

loath 

o  val 

smok  e 

stone 

broke 

folks 

sto  ny 

on  ly 

whole 

colt 

yokes 

so  cial 

pol  ka 

both 

sloth 

spokes 

tro  phy 

o  pen 

52.  Names  of  Cities. 

They  should  always  begin  with  capital  letters, 

New  YorJc.         Bal'  ti  more.       Lori  don.      Cal  cut'  ta. 
Phil  a  del'  phia.  Cin  cm  nat'  i.     Par  is.         St.Pe  ters  burg. 
St.  Louis.  New  Or'  le  ans.  Ber  lin.       Pe  kin. 

Chi  ca  go.  San  Francis'  co.  Vi  eri  na.     Yed  do. 

£os'  ton.  Buf  fa  lo.         Liv'  er pool.  Mel  bourne. 

53.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  6  long  and  other  combinations  of  vowels  =  d. 
NOTE.  — Teachers  should  train  pupils  to  pronounce  these  words  correctly  in  concert. 


loaf 

coax 

pork 

por'  ter 

hoar'  y 

road 

hoax 

hoarse 

por  tal 

whol  ly 

toad 

cloaks 

hoard 

por  tion 

poul  try 

boat 

coats 

pour 

por  trait 

poul  tice 

throat 

jokes 

mourn 

for  ger 

bow  sprit 

54.  An  Easy  Grammar  Lesson. 

RULE.  —  The  plural  number  of  most  nouns  is  made  by  adding  s  or  es  to  the 
singular  number.     The  plural  of  the  following  nouns  ending  in/  is  made  by 
changing  y  into  v  and  then  adding  es. 
Sing.  Plur.  Sing.  Plur. 

knife,  knives.  wolf, .  wolves, 

wife,  wives.  loaf,  loaves, 

life,  lives.  thief,  thieves, 

half,  halves.  leaf,  leaves, 

calf,  calves.  wharf,  wharves. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


55.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Be  careful  to  give  ow  in  the  last  syllable  the  sound  of  long  6  in  old. 


ar'  row 

mel'  low 

hoF  low 

wid'  ow 

nar  row 

fel  low 

bor  row 

min  now 

tal  low 
shad  ow 

yel  low 
wil  low 

spar  row 
hal  low 

fur  row 
bur  row 

mead  ow 

pil  low 

sal  low 

thor  ough 

56.  Plurals  of  Common  Nouns. 

RULE.  —  The  plural  of  nouns  ending  in  y  after  a  consonant  is  made  by 
changing  y  into  i  and  adding  es. 

Sing.  Plur. 

cher'ry,  cher'ries. 

fer  ry,  fer  ries. 

sto  ry,  sto  ries. 

par  ty,  par  ties, 

ar  my,  ar  mies. 

57.  An  Exercise  in  Grammar. 

Write  the  plurals  of  the  following  nouns. 


Sing. 

Plur. 

la'dy, 

la'  dies. 

ba  by, 

ba  bies. 

dai  sy, 

dai  sies. 

dai  ry, 

dai  ries. 

can  dy, 

can  dies. 

sky. 

ju  ry. 

jel'ly. 

bran  dy. 

pit'  y. 

fly- 

cit  y. 

poppy. 

slian  ty. 

po  ny. 

pen'  ny. 

dit  ty. 

mer  cy. 

pas  try. 

tro  phy. 

wJier  ry. 

lily. 

count  y. 

treat  y. 

hob  by. 

na  vy. 

ivy. 

row  dy. 

bdfry. 

bod  y. 

58.  Forming  Plurals. 

RULE.  —  Nouns  ending  in  y  after  a  vowel  form  their  plurals  in  the  common 
way,  by  adding  s. 


Sing. 

vaT  ley, 

Plur. 

val'  leys. 

mon  ey, 
monk  ey, 
chim  ney, 
jock  ey, 

mon  eys. 
monk  eys. 
chim  neys. 
jock  eys.   ^ 

Sing. 

tur'  key, 
jour  ney, 
pul  ley, 
sur  vey, 
don  key, 


Plur. 

tur'  keys, 
jour  neys. 
pul  leys, 
sur  veys. 
don  keys. 


16 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


59.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  o  in  odd,  marked  6.     Be  careful  not  to 
drawl  this  sound  into  aw,  as  sawft  for  soft. 

God 


odd 


long 
cross 


cost 

bon'  net 

coffee 

cof  fin 

lost 

cob  bier 

os  tricli 

nox  ious 

moss 

col  lege 

frol  ic 

knowl  edge 

oft 

cop  per 

prop  er 

block  head 

soft 

pol  ish 

JollJ 

knot  ty 

frost 

ob  ject 

col  ic 

office 

60.   Articles  of  Furniture. 
Written  Exercise. 


car'  pet. 

bar'  rel. 

re  frig  er  a  tor.   cus/i  ion. 

hroom. 

sofa. 

book'  case.             dip  per. 

brush. 

ket  tie. 

bed  stead.             mat  tress. 

bu'  reau.  . 

pok  er. 

cook'  ing  -stove,     rock'  in  a  -chair. 

pail. 

pi  an  o. 

look  ing-glass,     skim  mer. 

sieve. 

lounge. 

cov  er  let.             coun'  ter  pane. 

bowL 

crock'  er  y. 

soap-dish.            flat'-i  ron. 

61.  Hard  Little  "Words. 

The... not  to  be  spelled  thee,  when  you  mean  the  definite  ar- 
ticle. 

Thee... not  to  be  spelled  the,  when  you  mean  the  personal  pro- 
noun. 

There... not  to  be  spelled  their t  when  you  mean  the  adverb  of 
place. 

Their... not  to  be  spelled  there,  when  you  mean  the  possessive 
pronoun. 

Hear... not  to  be  spelled  here,  when  you  mean  the  act  of  taking 
in  sound. 

Here... not  to  be  spelled  hear,  when  you  mean  the  adverb  of 
place. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


17 


62.   More  Hard  Little  Words. 

To... not  to  be  spelled  too  or  two,  when  you  mean  the  preposi- 
tion. 

Too... not  to  be  spelled  to  or  two,  when  you  intend  the  adverb 
meaning  "also." 

Two... not  to  be  spelled  to  or  too,  when  you  mean  the  numeral 
adjective. 

Its... never  to  be  written  with  an  apostrophe  before  the  s;  thus, 
it's. 

Theirs... never  to  be  written  with  an  apostrophe  before  the  *; 
thus,  their's. 

O'er... is  an  abbreviation  of  over,  the  apostrophe  marking  the 
place  of  the  letter  v. 

63.   Quarterly  Review  for  a  Spelling-Match. 


schol'  ars 

col'  lege 

pre  side' 

di  vorce' 

a  ere 

knowl  edge 

sir'  loin 

os'  trich 

lath  ing 

man  til'  la 

stir  rup 

pol  ka 

al  most 

o'  ver  coat 

squir  rel 

whol  ly 

haugh  ty 

bod'  ice 

shep  herd 

poul  tice 

dai  ly 

sau  sage 

sur  geon 

dai  ries 

gait  ers 

wel  fare 

so  cial 

sto  ries 

au  ger 

squat  ter 

por  trait 

ba  bies 

knuck  les 

sap  phire 

wheel  wright 

fai  ries 

an  kles 

sor  rel 

prayer 

pyg  mies 

re  ceipt' 

bed  stead 

prai'  rie 

dit  ties 

seiz'  ing 

be  lieve' 

vine  yard 

val  leys 

griev  ous 

re  ceive 

pic  nic 

jock  eys 

chest  nut 

a  piece 

live  long 

don  keys 

an  y 

con  ceit 

worn  en 

jour  neys 

rai  sins 

sar'  dine 

guin  ea 

bu  reau 

mar  riage 

ker  nel 

skill  ful 

nox  ious 

car  cass 

butch  er 

agile 

noz  zle 

B 

18 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


la'va 

twi7  light 

tor'  toise 

book7  case 

al  so 

bap  tize 

prac  tice 

mat  tress 

prop  er 

mas  tiffs 

at  tic 

Ja  va 

knot  ty 

wea  sels 

ab  sence 

bra  vo 

col  ic 

pup  pies 

rasp7  ber  ries 

car  tridge 

cof  fee 

clothes-press 

un7  cle 

laun  dry 

heif  '  ers 

cup'  board 

scis  sors 

chim  neys 

I'  saac 

HoV  ace 

Jno.            A.  M. 

S.  W. 

Phil  ip 

Eeu  ben 

Win.          P.  M. 

Ed. 

Eu  gene 

Lew  is 

Chas.          No. 

P.O. 

Mat  thew 

Ear'  ri  et 

Jos.            Cr. 

Ex. 

Blanche 

Car  rie 

Thos.         M. 

Jr. 

Ma  ri7  a 

Mol  lie 

Geo.           Hon. 

Acct. 

Is7  a  bel 

So  phie 

Co.             Ans. 

Gov. 

FOURTH    MONTH. 

64.   Oral  Exercise. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  o  before  T  as  in  order.     Be  careful  not  to  give 
the  sound  of  aw  for  or,  s&faiom  instead  of  form. 


storm 

horse 

com 

cork 

corpse 


fork 

lord 

north 

sort 

cord 


form7  al 
nor  mal 
or  der 
or  gan 
cor  ner 


morn7  ing  tor7  ment 

bor  der  tor  pid 

hor  net  sor  did 

mor  tal  dor  mant 

or  chard  gor  geous 


65.  A  Lesson  for  Farmer  Boys. 


rye. 
fax. 
bar'  ley. 
oats. 


Farm  Products. 

po  ta  toes, 
pump  kins, 
tnr  nips, 
cot  ton. 
to  bac  co. 


Garden  Products. 


eel'  er  y 
let'  tuce. 
to  ma'  toes, 
cau'  liflow  ers. 
cu  cum  bers. 


rad'  ish  es. 
pars'  ley. 
as  par'  a  gus. 
rim'  barb, 
pars'  nips. 


FIRST    YEAR'S   WORK.  19 

66.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  souud  of  o  in  move,  marked  p.     This  is  the  same  sound 
as  u  in  rude. 


prove 

grew 

croup 

ado/ 

los'  er 

lose 

drew 

wound 

ca  noe' 

bruis  er 

who 

crew 

through 

bos'  om 

rou  tine' 

you 

flew 

shrewd 

shoe  ing 

ac  crue 

two 

true 

era'  el 

rue  ful 

re  cruit 

67.   A  Geography  Lesson. 

Written  Exercise. 

Names  of  States  and  their  Abbreviations. 

Unit'  ed  States,  U.  S.  Ken  tuck'  y,  Ky. 

New  York,  N.  I.  Ten  nes  see,  Tenn. 

Penn  syl  va  ni  a,  Penn.  I'  o  wa,  la. 

0  hi'  o,  0.  Geor'  gi  a,  Ga. 

II  li  nois,  III.  Mick'  i  gan,  Midi. 

Mas  sa  chu  setts,  Mass.  Fir  gin'  i  a,  Va. 

68.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  having  the  sound  of  o  in  done,  like  short  u  in  us. 


does 

month 

cov'  et 

ov7  en 

shov'  el 

doth 

shove 

hov  er 

doz  en 

slov  en 

son 
won 
none 

love 
wont 
dove 

com  pass 
ton  nage 
some  thing 

noth  ing 
wor  ry 
won  der 

gov  ern 
hon  ey 
come  ly 

69.  A  Natural-History  Lesson. 

Names  of  Wild  Animals. 


pan'  ther 

bab  oon' 

kan  ga  roo' 

sea-li  on 

leop  ard 

rac  coon 

buffalo 

hy  e'  na 

cou  gar 

gi  raffe 

el'  e  phant 

o  pos'  sum 

ze  bra 

ga  zelle 

go  ril'  la 

rhi  nocx  er  os 

wal  rus 

rein'  deer 

inonk'  ey 

o  rang'-ou  tangf 

20  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

70.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  long  u.  in  use,  marked  u.     Teachers  must  care- 
fully  train  their  classes  in  the  delicate  and  difficult  sounds  in  this  lesson. 


mute 

due 

mu'  sic 

du'  ty 

-  pu'  trid 

tube 

view 

pu  pil 

hu  man 

fluid 

tune 

lieu 

tu  lip 

u  nit 

cu  bic 

dupe 

muse 

stu  pid 

un  ion 

nui  sauce 

hue 

cube 

hu  mor 

bu  gle 

flu  ent 

71.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 


trib'  une 
vol  ume 
stat  ute 
trib  ute 
cos  tume 


stat'  ue 
vir  tue 
a  gue 
val  ue 
ar  gue 


as  suine 
ob  tuse 
pro  fuse 
pur  sue 
con  fuse 


in  duce' 
re  duce 
se  duce 
a  muse 
ex  ude 


72.  A  Lesson  in  Etymology. 

RULE.  —  Regular  verbs  of  one  syllable,  ending  in  a  single  consonant  after 
a  single  vowel,  double  the  last  letter  on  adding  ing  and  ed. 
Verbs.       Pres.  Part.  Past  Part.  Verbs.        Pres.  Part.  Past  Part. 


dot 

dot'  ting 

dot'  ted 

bar 

bar'  ring 

barred 

blot 

blot  ting 

blot  ted 

jar 

jar  ring 

jarred 

dip 

dip  ping 

dipped 

rub 

rub  bing 

rubbed 

dig 

dig  ging 

digged 

rot 

rot  ting 

rot'  ted 

chop 

chop  ping 

chopped 

slam 

slam  ming 

slammed 

pin 

pin  ning 

pinned 

slip 

slip  ping 

slipped 

swap 

swap  ping 

swapped 

clap 

clap  ping 

clapped 

stir 

stir  ring 

stirred 

step 

step  ping 

stepped 

snap 

snap  ping 

snapped 

whip 

whip  ping 

whipped 

join 

join  ing 

joined 

trot 

trot  ting 

trot7  ted 

fret 

fret  ting 

fret'  ted 

plan 

plan  ning 

planned 

grin 

grin  ning 

grinned 

sham 

sham  ming 

shammed 

beg 

beg  ging 

begged 

fix 

fix  ing 

fixed 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


73.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  u  iu  us,  marked  ft 


tip              puff 

gut'  ter           glut"  ton 

cup'  board 

buzz           chum 

crup  per         buck  et 

pup  pet 

skull           hull 

hub  bub         bug  gy 

blub  ber 

muff           gull 

ful  some         muz  zle 

gus  set 

does            doth 

put  ty             puz  zle 

gus  to 

74.   Common  Abbreviations. 

Written  Exercise. 

Rail'  road,        R.  R.            last  month, 

ult. 

page,                 p. 

this  month, 

inst. 

ques  tion,          q. 

next  month, 

prox. 

quar  ter,            qr. 

by  the  hundred, 

per  cent. 

at  or  to,             a. 

year  of  our  Lord, 

A.D. 

75.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  u  before  r  in  urge,  marked 

ft.     Be  carefid  to 

sound  the  r. 

burn        purr 

mur'  mur          bur'  den 

sur'  name 

hurt         blur 

turn  coat          fur  nish 

sur  face 

curl          burr 

cur  tain            tur  tie 

pur  chase 

furl          churl 

gur  gle             fur  ther 

sur  plus 

curse        spur 

sur  feit             fur  nace 

sur  ges 

76 

.  Kinds  of  Buildings. 

Written  Exercise. 

church.         cot'  tage. 

ml'  la.          dun  geon 

.     eel'  ifice. 

mosque.        pris  on. 

ho  tel'.         fab  ric. 

ca  the'  dral. 

hov'  el.          cas  tie. 

tern  pie.        ken  net. 

pa  vilr  ion. 

cab  in.          pal  ace. 

tav  ern.         tow  er. 

the'  a  ter. 

jail.               shan  ty. 

fac  to  ry.     bar  rack. 

ware'  house. 

22  SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 

77.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  u  after  r  as  in  rude,  marked  u.  This  is  the 
same  sound  as  o  in  prove.  The  teacher  is  referred  to  the  dictionary.  Many 
of  these  words  are  often  mispronounced. 

rule  prude  tru'  ant  fru'  gal 

prove  mood  tru  ly  pru  dent 

school  fruit  ru  ral  scru  pie 

brute  cruise  cru  el  gru  el 

true  rue  ru  mor  bru  tal 


78.  Names  of  Great  Rivers. 


Nile.  Yukon. 

Ni'  ger.  In  dus. 

Platle.  Gan  ges. 

ine.  A  moor'. 


Written  Exercise. 

Mis  sou  ri.  Ar  kan  sas. 

Col  urn  bi  a.  0  ri  no  co. 

Col  o  ra  do.  Yang-lse-Ki  ang'. 

Ri'  o  Grande.  Mis  sis  sip  pi. 

0  hi'  o.     Si.  Law'  rence.     La  Pla  la.  Ni  ag  a  ra. 

79.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  u  via  full,  marked  u.     This  is  the  same  sound 
as  oo  in/00*. 

bull 

put 

push 

bush 

full 


bur  let 

click'  oo 

bul'  wark 

pul  let 

pul  pit 

full  ness 

bush  el 

cush  ion 

fully 

butch  er 

bull  ion 

pul  ley 

pud  ding 

bull'  ock 

put  ting 

80.  Kinds  of  Birds. 
Written  Exercise. 


vul'  lure, 
con  dor. 
os  trich. 
e  mu. 
buz  zard. 


par'  rot. 
pet  rel. 
pea  cock, 
pig  eon. 
pheas  ant, 


wood'  cock, 
swal  low. 


spoon  bill, 
mag  pie. 


al'  ba  tross. 
cor  mo  rani, 
par  o  quel. 
fla  mm  go. 
o  ri  ole. 


FIRST    YEAR'S   WORK.  23 


81.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  pronounced  alike,  but  differing  in  spelling  and  meaning.     Let  the 
teacher  read  the  sentence  and  have  the  catchwords  spelled  orally  by  the  pupil. 

all  All  the  poor  shoemaker  possessed  was  an  awl  and  some 

awl  lasts. 

Ann          Ann  exchanged  with  Emma  an  apple  for  an  egg. 
an 

ate  They  ate  twenty-eight  of  the  best  pears  in  our  gar- 

eight  den. 

as  sent'    Did  you  give  your  assent  to  his  proposal  of  making  the 
as  cent7        ascent  of  the  hill  this  morning  ? 

aught       If  you  have  aught  against  me,  you  ought  to  state  it 
ought  frankly  to  myself. 

bass          You  will  find  the  bass  fiddle  lying  at  the  base  of  the 
base  pillar. 

bawl        These  boys  should  not  bawl  so  loudly,  and  kick  about 
ball  that  foot-ball  in  this  beautiful  ball-loom. 

be  Be  diligent  like  the  busy  bee,  and  you  will  become  rich 

bee  and  respected. 

"bear         The  bear  tore  his  bare  leg  in  such  a  manner  that  I 
bare  could  not  bear  to  look  at  it. 

beau         Look  at  that  beau  with  a  lady  on  his  arm,  carrying  a 
bow  bow  and  arrows. 

coun'  oil  Members  of  the  town  council  do  not  always  give  nor 
COun'  sel       act  upon  the  wisest  counsel. 


24  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


82.   Written  Spelling. 

Let  the  teacher  dictate  the  sentences  and  pay  particular  attention  to  the 
spelling  of  the  catchwords. 

hare         John  caught  a  hare  by  a  net  made  of  horse-/j#z>. 
hair 

heard       I  heard  that  a  whole  herd  of  sheep  had  perished  in  the 
herd  snow. 

him          1  heard  him  sing  a  beautiful  hymn. 
hymn 

need         You  need  not  knead  the  dough  till  evening. 
knead 

ore  It  was  curious  to  see  two  men  carrying  a  piece  of  iron 

oar  ore  on  the  oar  of  a  boat,  as  they  walked  o'er  the  nar- 

o'er  row  bridge. 

pare         You  cannot  pare  the  green  pear  with  an  old  pair  of 

pear  scissors. 

pair 

you          Did  you  see  our  ewe  grazing  beneath  the  yew-tree  P 

ewe 

yew 

83.   Common  Words  of  Anglo-Saxon  Origin. 

neigh' bor  kitch'en  was' sail  draw'ers 


kin  dred 

ov  en 

fiddle 

stock  ings 

fire  side 

ladle 

wel  come 

him  ger 

sliel  ter 

thresh  old 

ear  ly 

au  ger 

ash  es 

heav  en 

er  rand 

won  der 

cm  bers 

ew  er 

gos  sip 

bit  ter 

pitcli  ers 

buck  et 

rid  die 

bur  den 

era  die 

bun  die 

na  ked 

wea  ry 

swad  die 

ta  per 

man  tie 

sor  row 

smol  der 

mar  row 

pock  et 

mor  row 

FIRST    YEAR'S   WORK. 


84.  Monthly 

Oral  Review. 

gor'  geous 

scrubbed 

to  bac7  co 

par7  tridge 

rou  tine' 

swapped 

eel7  er  y 

pars7  ley 

ac  crue' 

muzy  zle 

to  ma7  toes 

el7  e  pliant 

shoe'  ing 

gus7  set 

pump7  kins 

cou7  gar 

ca  noe7 

1mb7  bub 

leop7  ard 

drom7  e  da  ry 

through 

put7  ting 

go  ril7  la 

pa  vil7  ion 

doz7  en 

neigh7  bor 

man7  sion 

ca  the7  dral 

com7  pass 

swad7  die 

pal7  ace 

par  o  quet' 

stom7  ach 

thresh7  old 

mosque 

Mis  sou7  ri 

nui7  sance 

smol7  der 

school7-house 

In  di  an"  a 

re  duce7 

ew7er 

the7  a  ter 

Platte 

a  muse7 

er7  rand 

cot7  tage 

Rhine 

blot7  ting 

bull7  ion 

os7  tricli 

Yu7  kon 

grin7  ning 

bull7  ock 

buz7  zard 

A  moor7 

whipped 

pul7  let 

pig7  eon 

Ni7  ger 

FIFTH    MONTH. 

85.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  06  in  foot.     Be  careful  not  to  give  the 
long  sound  of  od  in  cool. 


good 

hook 

shook 

look7  out 

cuck7  oo 

wool 

brook 

stood 

foot  man 

good  nes< 

foot 

wood 

rook 

hood  wink 

fish  hook 

book 

took 

soot 

foot  step 

red  wood 

c;ook 

nook 

could 

wood  bine 

cook  y 

86.   Geographical  Spelling. 
Written  Exercise. 


U  nit'  ed  States, 

A  rner'  i  cans. 

Eng  land, 

En  glisL 

Ger'  ma  ny, 

Ger  mans. 

France, 

French. 

Ens'  sia, 

Bus'  sians. 

Chi'  na, 

Chi'  nese. 

Italy, 

I  tal'  ians. 

Hoi'  land, 

Dutch. 

Tur'  key, 

Turks. 

Spain, 

Span'  is/i. 

SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


87.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  oo  in  moon,  marked  60.     Be  careful  not  to 
shorten  the  sound. 


roof 

loose 

boo'  ty 

tooth  ache 

bam  boo' 

root 

poor 

room  y 

boot  black 

ca  boose 

boot 

boor 

noon  day 

los  ing 

co  coon 

soon 

smooth 

moon  shine 

whoop  ing 

sa  loon 

hoof 

wound 

spoon  ful 

bos  om 

ta  boo 

88.  Written  Abbreviations. 

At  tor'  ney,         Atty.  Colo  net,  Col. 

Moun'  tains,       Mis.  Pres  i  dent,  Pres. 

Pop  u  la  tion,    Pop.  Rep  re  sent'  a  tive,  Rep. 

Chap  ter,            Chap.  Sen'  a  tor,  Sen. 

Major,              Maj.  Lieu  ten'  ant,  Lieut. 

89.  Derivative  Words. 

Verbs  ending  in  e  drop  the  e  when  ing  or  ed  is  added.  Nouns  are  formed 
from  the  verb  by  adding  the  suffix  er,  which  means  one  who,  or  that  which. 
Define  the  nouns. 

Verb.                           Pres.  Part.  Past  Tense.  Noun. 

hate                  hat'  ing  hat'  ed  hat'  er 

wade                 wad  ing  wad  ed  wad  er 

dodge                dodg  ing  dodged  dodg  er 

joke                  jok  ing  joked  jok  er 

skate                 skat  ing  skat'  ed  skat  er 

mine                  min  ing  mined  min  er 

dive                   div  ing  dived  div  er 

gaze                  gaz  ing  gazed  gaz  er 

love                   lov  ing  loved  lov  er 

dine                  din  ing  dined  din  er 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK.  27 

90.   Derivative  Words. 

RULE.  —  Words  of  one  syllable  ending  in  a  single  consonant  after  a  single 
vowel  double  the  last  letter  when  er  is  added.  The  suffix  er  in  nouns  means 
one  who,  or  that  which ;  in  adjectives,  it  means  more. 

job  job' her  tan  tan'ner 

rob  rob  ber  run  run  ner 

rub  rub  ber  wrap  wrap  per 

swim  swim  mer  plod  plod  der 

drum  drum  iner  grab  grab  ber 

91.   Written  Spelling. 

Write  the  derivatives  of  the  following  words,  by  adding  the  suffix  er. 
Write  after  each  word  n.  for  noun ;  adj.  for  adjective. 


trap. 

skip. 

clip. 

rap. 

mad. 

glib. 

grim. 

dig. 

clip. 

hit. 

snap. 

sad. 

red. 

dim. 

sup. 

trim. 

bid. 

plan. 

slim. 

thin. 

wet. 

spin. 

grab. 

trot. 

sit. 

fat. 

big- 

hot. 

skin. 

gun. 

shut. 

win. 

fit. 

glad. 

glum. 

92.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  long  sound  of  y  in  style,  like  i  in  pine,  marked  y. 


rhyme 

rye 

ty'  rant 

ty'  phoid 

gey'  ser 

chyme 

scythe 

cy  press 

hy  phen 

sky  ward 

thyme 

gyves 

hy  son 

hy  brid 

dye  ing 

lye 

SPJ 

ty  ro 

gyrate 

dye  wood 

dye 

try 

ty  phus 

ty  ing 

hy  drant 

93.  Historical  Spelling. 

Written  Exercise. 

Names  of  Great   Men. 

New'  ton.  Sc/iil'  ler.  Shakes'  peare. 

Mil  ton.  La  fay  ette.  Hum'  boldt. 

Ho  mer.  Han'  ni  bal.  Bo  na  parte. 

Cic  e  ro.  Wash'  ing  ton.  Confu'  ci  us. 

Co  lum  bus.  Frank'  lin.  Jul'  ius  Ccz  sar. 


28  SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 

94.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  having  the  short  sound  of  y  in  nymph,  marked  y. 

lynch  Ijfr'ic  crys'tal  s^mp'tom 

lynx  cyn  ic  sys  tern  strych  nine 

myth  syr  inge  syl  van  cym  bal 

sylph  sym  bol  gyp  sy  ca  lyx 

hymn  syn  tax  gym  nast  i  dyl 

95.   Common  Abbreviations. 
Written  JExercise. 

Cash  on  Delivery y  C.  0.  D. 

Doctor  of  Divinity,  D.  D. 

Doctor  of  Medicine,  M.  D. 

Doctor  of  Laws,  LL.  D. 

Member  of  Congress,  M.  C. 

In  the  year  of  our  Lord,  A.  D. 

Before  Christ,  B.  C. 

96.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  having  the  sound  of  ou  in  out.  This  has  the  same  sound  as  ow  in 
now. 

ounce  drought  lounge  spouse  hour 

pound  slough  frown  drowse  pow'er 

howl  bow  gouge  flour  ground 

bough  prow  gown  bow'er  crowned 

now  found' ling  gout  sour  flounce 

97.   Oral  Spelling. 

In  the  words  in  the  first  three  columns,  ou  has  the  short  sound  of  on  in 
tough,  like  short  U  in  but ;  in  the  fourth  column,  it  has  the  sound  of  oo  in. 
root. 

rough  coup'  le  tough7  en  route 

touch  doub  le  south  ern  tour 

tough  troub  le  jeal  ous  wound 

young  cous  in  zeal  ous  rou  tine' 

e  nough'  coun  try  nerv  ous  sou  chong' 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


29 


98.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  oi  as  in  oil,  and  oy  as  in  boy. 


oil 

joint 

toi'  let 

oys'  ter 

an  noy' 

boil 

quoit 

loi  ter 

loy  al 

de  stroy 

spoil 

noise 

clois  ter 

roy  al 

a  hoy 

joist 

roil 

poi  son 

boy  hood 

em  ploy 

coin 

toil 

coin  age 

joy  ous 

en  joy 

99.   Abbreviations. 
Written  Exercise. 

0  be  di  ent,  Obt.  Oc  to!  vo, 

Dep  u  ty,  Dep.  Du  o  dec'  i  mo, 


Svo. 


Mem  o  ran  dum,    Mem. 
Man  u  script,         MS. 
Take  no  tice,         N.  B. 


And  othr  ers, 


Etal. 


Su  per  in  tend'  ent,  Supt. 
Vol'  ume,  Vol. 


100.  About  Verbs. 

RULE.  —  Verbs  ending  in  y  after  a  consonant  form  the  3d  person,  singular 
number,  in  the  present  tense,  by  changing  y  into  i  and  adding  es.  They  form 
all  the  persons  in  both  numbers,  in  the  past  tense,  by  changing  y  into  z,  and 
adding  ed. 


I          he  or  she 

we  or  they 

/ 

he  or  she 

we  or  they 

try 

tries 

tried 

cop'  y 

cop'  ies 

cop'  ied 

cry 

cries 

cried 

hur  ry 

hur  ries 

hur  ried 

dry 

dries 

dried 

wor  ry 

wor  ries 

wor  ried 

spy 

spies 

spied 

glo  ry 

glo  ries 

glo  ried 

pit'y 

pit'  ies 

pit'  ied 

stud  y 

stud  ies 

stud  ied 

fry 

fries 

fried 

emp  ty 

emp  ties 

emp  tied 

fan'  cy 

fan'  cies 

fan'  cied 

defy' 

de  fies' 

de  fied' 

bully 

bull  ies 

bull  ied 

de  ny 

de  nies 

de  nied 

mar  ry 

mar  ries 

mar  ried 

com  ply 

com  plies 

com  plied 

car  ry 

car  ries 

car  ried 

reply 

re  plies 

re  plied 

tar  ry 

tar  ries 

tar  ried 

re  ly 

re  lies 

re  lied 

ral  ly 

ral  lies 

ral  lied 

ally 

al  lies 

al  lied 

30  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


101.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  various  combinations  of  vowels  have  the  sound  of  long  fl 
in  use. 

dew 

ewe 

hew 

view 

due 


mew 

ew7  er 

ar7  gues 

sub  due' 

pew 

pew  ter 

res  cue 

re  new 

deuce 

gew  gaw 

sin  ew 

re  view 

news 

stew  ard 

val  ue 

en  sue 

few 

beau  ty 

Tues  day 

be  dew 

102.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  in  which  various  vowels  have  the  sound  of  long  0  in  old. 


boat 

court 

oak 

road 

pouF  tice 

coat 

mourn 

loath 

most 

poul  try 

coarse 

coach 

source 

toast 

hoar  y 

hoarse 

pour 

snow 

bowl 

bow  sprit 

hoax 

foam 

goal 

soul 

coul  ter 

103.  Words  relating  to  Heat  and  Cold. 


fire 

sul7  try 

tep7  id 

frost7  i  ness 

frig'  id 

blaze 

glow  ing 

fer  vent 

i  ci  ness 

arc  tic 

warmth 

scald  ing 

blaz  ing 

ice7  berg 

freez  ing 

fe'ver 

broil  ing 

red-hot 

hail  stone 

chil  ly 

hec  tic 

fi'er  y 

ig'  ne  ous 

i7  ci  cle 

ice-bound 

104.  "Written  Exercise. 

Words  relating  to  cleanness,  and  the  reverse. 


cleanse. 

wipe. 

dirt. 

dregs. 

slime. 

soiled. 

scrub. 

sponge. 

filth. 

dross. 

slush. 

unclean. 

brush. 

swab. 

slops. 

scum. 

offal. 

dirt'  y. 

sweep. 

lave. 

soot. 

lees. 

sew'  er. 

filth'  y. 

scour. 

bathe. 

smoke. 

grounds. 

ditch. 

slov'  en  ly. 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


81 


105.  Monthly 

Oral  Review. 

oys'  ter 

scythe 

pit'  ied 

hoo(T  wink 

rhyme 

mar'  ried 

fish'  hook 

ty'  phus 

ral'  lied 

tooth'  ache 

crys'  tal 

stud'  ied 

room'  ful 

syn'  tax 

frig'  id 

whoop'  ing 

cym'  bal 

froz'  eri 

bam  boo' 

butch'  er 

i'  ci  cle 

ta  boo' 

lynch 

red-hot 

co  coon' 

sylph 

scald'  ing 

joked 

drowse 

ca'  lyx 

dodged 

tough'  en 

Tues'  day 

swim'  mer 

sou  chong' 

beau'  ty 

I  tal'  ians 
Jap  an  ese' 
Span'  ish 
Brit'  ain 
Cic'  e  ro 
Schil'  ler 
Hum'  boldt 
Shakes'  peare 
Cse'  sar 
C.  0.  D. 
N.B. 
8vo. 


SIXTH    MONTH. 

106.    Oral  Spelling. 

Ly  was  originally  like,  and  means  m  a  manner ;  ness  means  state  of  being. 
Ly  added  to  an  adjective  forms  an  adverb ;  ness  added  to  an  adjective  forms  a 
noun,  and  means  state  of  being. 
Adj.  Adv.  Noun.  Adj.  Adv.  Noun. 

calm  calm'  ly     calm'  ness  large  large'  ly      large'  ness 

coarse  coarse  ly  coarse  ness  mean  mean  ly      mean  ness 

fine  fine  ly       fine  ness  near  near  ly       near  ness 

fair  fair  ly       fair  ness  neat  neat  ly       neat  ness 

grim  grim  ly     grim  ness  shrewd  shrewd  ly  shrewd  ness 

107.  Lesson  in  Etymology. 

Ly  or  y  added  to  a  noun  makes  an  adjective ;   ness  added  to  the  adjective 
forms  another  noun ;  y  is  changed  to  i.     Define  these  words  orally. 
Noun.  Adj.  Noun.  Noun.  Adj.  Noun. 

god  god'  ly  god'  li  ness  fleece  flee'  cy  fleec'  i  ness 

ghost  ghost  ly  ghost  li  ness  flesh  flesh  y  flesh  i  ness 

beast  beast  ly  beast  li  ness  juice  jui  cy  jui  ci  ness 

world  world  ly  world  li  ness  might  might  y  might  i  ness 

home  home  ly  home  li  ness  fuss  fuss  y  fuss  i  ness 


32  SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 

108.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  a  in  unaccented  syllables  has  the  obscure  sound  of  a  in 
palm,  or  u  in  urge.     In  some  words  a  has  nearly  the  sound  of  short  u  in  nut. 


com'  ma 

so'  da            men'  tal        in7  stant 

tur'  ban 

chi  na 

so  fa             den  tal         at  las 

cap  stan 

e  ra 

pol  ka          dis  tance      cut  lass 

ten  ant 

ex  tra 

vil  la             pit  tance       tres  pass 

sub  stance 

stan  za 

Cu  ba            bal  ance        ras  cal 

va  grant 

109.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  unaccented  a  has  the  sound  of  8 

in  end. 

cot'  tage 

pref  '  ace              ag'  ate 

rum'  mage 

car  riage 

sol  ace                 sau  sage 

till  age 

mes  sage 

ter  race                bag  gage 

vin  tage 

im  age 

pal  ate                cour  age 

u  sage 

cli  mate 

pi  rate                 pack  age 

or  ange 

110.   Etymology  and  Defining. 

Define  the  adverbs  and  nouns  orally. 

Adj. 

Adv.                                    Noun. 

Er  =  more. 

clum'  sy 

clum'  si  ly           clum'  si  ness 

clum'  si  er 

era  zy 

era  zi  ly              era  zi  ness 

era  zi  er 

dain  ty 

dain  ti  ly            dain  ti  ness 

dain  ti  er 

flim  sy 

flim  si  ly             flim  si  ness 

flim  si  er 

gau  dy 

gaud  i  ly             gaud  i  ness 

gaud  i  er 

giddy 

gid  di  ly              gid  di  ness 

gid  dier 

hap  py 

hap  pi  ly             hap  pi  ness 

hap  pi  er 

la  zy 

la  zi  ly                la  zi  ness 

la  zi  er 

dir  ty 

dirt  i  ly               dirt  i  ness 

dirt  i  er 

pret  ty 

pret  ti  ly             pret  ti  ness 

pret  ti  er 

diz  zy 

diz  zi  ly              diz  zi  ness 

diz  zi  er 

bus  y 

bus  i  ly                bus  i  ness 

bus  i  er 

haugh  ty 

haugh  ti  ly         haugh  ti  ness 

haugh  ti  er 

greed  y 

greed  i  ly            greed  i  ness 

greed  i  er 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 

111.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  unaccented  a  before  r  has  the  sound  of  e  in  her. 


on'  ward 
in  ward 
stew  ard 

gram'  mar 
pil  lar 
dol  lar 

mus'  tard 
or  chard 
wiz  ard 

sea'  ward 
wind  ward 
north  ward 

up  ward 
lag  gard 

slug  gard 
haz  ard 

cow  ard 
schol  ar 

stal  wart 
po  lar 

112.   Oral  Spelling. 

Sound  of  e  in  her.  The  following  words  are  frequently  spelled  in  two 
ways.  The  spelling  given  in  the  first  column  is  generally  called  Websterian, 
from  being  used  in  Webster's  Dictionary. 


cen'  ter, 

or 

ceil'  tre. 

mi'  ter, 

or 

mi'  tre. 

fi  ber, 

or 

fi  bre. 

me  ter, 

or 

me  tre. 

lus  ter, 

or 

lus  tr.e. 

o  cher, 

or 

o  chre. 

mea  ger, 

or 

mea  gre. 

som  ber, 

or 

som  bre. 

seep  ter, 

or 

seep  tre. 

the'  a  ter, 

or 

the'  a  tre. 

Buffa  lo,  N.  Y. 
New  ark,  N.  J. 
Lou  is  ville,  Ky. 
Cleve  land,  0. 
Pitts  burg,  Pa. 


113.   Names  of  Cities. 

Written  Exercise. 

De  troit',  Mich. 
Mil  wau  kee,  Wis. 
Prov  i  dence,  R.  I. 
Roch'  es  ter,  N.  Y. 
Al'  le  glia  ny,  Pa. 


Rich'mond,  Va. 
New  Ha  ven,  Conn. 
Charles'  ton,  S.  C. 
Syr'  a  cuse,  N.  Y. 
Worces'  ter,  Mass. 


114.   Names  of  Persons. 


Men. 

Per'  di  nand.      Sam'  u  el. 

Fred'  er  ick. 
Ja  cob. 
Nidi  o  las. 

Ste  phen. 
Syl  ves  ter. 
The  o  dore. 

Ru'fus. 

Tim  o  thy. 
2* 

Women. 


A  me'  lia. 
E'  dith. 
Eli'  za. 
Fran  ces. 
Han  nah. 


Ma  lei. 
Ma  til'  da. 
No  ra. 
0  liv  ia. 
Rose. 


34  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

115.   Derivative  Words. 
Written  Spelling. 

The  suffix  en  means  to  make.     Added  to  an  adjective,  a  verb  is  formed. 
The  suffix  er  added  to  an  adjective  means  more.     The  final  <?  is  dropped  when 
en  and  er  are  added.     Define  the  derivatives  orally,  after  they  are  written. 
Adj.  Adj.  Verb.  Adj.  Adj.  Verb. 

flat,   flat'  ter,    jlat'  ten.  wide,  wid'  er,  wid'  en. 

glad,  glad  der,  glad  den.  shorty  short  er,  short  en. 

loose,  loos  er,       loos  en.  white,  whit  er,  whit  en. 

ripe,    rip  er,        rip  en.  sweet,  sweet  er,  sweet  en. 

mad,    mad  der,    mad  den.  rough,  rough  er,  rough  en. 

116.   Lesson  in  Word-Forming. 

Form  derivatives  from  the  following  primitives  by  adding  en  and  er,  and 
define  the  words  that  you  form. 


fat 

bright 

black 

tight 

deaf 

hard 

weak 

tough 

quick 

cheap 

soft 

sharp 

dead 

fresh 

sad 

stiff 

fast 

damp 

thick 

sick 

dark 

deep 

chaste 

less 

light 

117.  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  o  before  r  in  the  n'ual  syllable,  not  accented,  sounds  like  e 
in  her. 

act'  or                 hor'  ror  mir'  ror               ed'  it  or 

ar  bor                 la  bor  col  or                  spec  ta'  tor 

clam  or               may  or  ter  ror                 ere  a  tor 

er  ror                  mi  nor  lion  or                 mon'  i  tor 

fla  vor                  tu  tor  sail  or                  or  a  tor 

118.  Abbreviations. 

DU'  to  (the  same),    Do.  Bal'  ance,                       Bal. 

Lai!  i  tude,                Lai.  Broth'  ers,                      Bros. 

Longitude,             Lon.  Cur' rent  (this  month),  Cur. 

Psalm,                       Ps.  Hun  dred  Weight,         Cwt. 

Ar  ti  cle,                  Art.  Last  month,                    Ult. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK.  35 

119.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  the  unaccented  syllable  has  the  sound  of  short  fi.  in  up. 


at'  om 

cit'  ron 

W  tal 

ten'  ant 

fel  on 

com  mon 

med  al 

pen  nant 

gal  Ion 

de  mon 

met  al 

in  stant 

tal  on 

bios  som 

pet  al 

dis  tant 

wag  on 

mel  on 

pen  ance 

pit  tance 

120.   Articles  of  Commerce. 

Written  Spelling. 


cot'  ton. 

di'  a  monds. 

ma  hog'  a  ny. 

cock'  i  neal. 

co  co  a. 

elf  o  ny. 

plat'  i  na. 

mo  las  ses. 

cop  per. 

in  di  go. 

qui'  nine. 

gut'  ta-per  cka. 

cam  plior. 

i  vo  ry. 

ba  na  nas. 

in  di  a-rub  ber. 

pot  ask. 

nut'  megs. 

cm  na  mon. 

ma  chin  er  y. 

121.   Hard  Pronunciation. 

The  suffix  ure  after  d,  I,  and  s  has  the  sound  of  yonr  a  little  shortened. 
Verdure  is  pronounced  verd'  your.  Some  speakers  prefer  to  pronounce  it 
nearly  like  ver'  jer,  pict'  yer. 


verd'  ure 

fixt'  ure 

seiz'  ure 

vent'  ure 

creat  ure 
fail  ure 
cult  ure 

fut  ure 
gest  ure 
lect  ure 

pict  ure 
script  ure 
struct  ure 

rapt  ure 
moist  ure 
nat  ure 

fig  ure 

mixt  ure 

lei  sure 

fis  sure 

122.   Hard  to  pronounce  correctly. 

In  the  following  words,  u  has  the  sound  of  you ;  thus,  value  is  pronounced 
val'  you. 


vol'  ume 

virt'ue 

sched'  ule 

ed  u  ca'  tion 

del  uge 

trib  une 

is  sue 

ref  u  ta  tion 

fort  une 

trib  ute 

nod  ule 

in'  sti  tute 

ref  uge 

ref  use 

ar  gue 

ri  die'  u  lous 

stat  ute 

val  ue 

stat  ue 

trib'  u  ta  ry 

36 


SWINTOVrf    WO11B-30OX. 


123.    Quarterly  Review  for  a  Spelling-Match. 


coarse'  ness 

mrl'  on 

se  duce7 

cab'  ba  ges 

ghost/  li  ness 

gal'  Ion 

pro  fuse' 

as  par'  a  gus 

jui'  ci  ness 

fel'  on 

ty'  phoid 

dun'  geon 

rum7  mage 

scuf  fie 

bug'  gy 

al7  ba  tross 

pack'  age 

twin'  kle 

gus'  to 

colo'  nel 

car'  riage 

sulk'  y 

scru'  pie 

lieu  ten'  ant 

flip'  pant 

bee'  tie 

bul'  let 

at  tor'  ney 

tres'  pass 

tad'  pole 

spoon'  ful 

med'  i  cine 

pit'  tance 

wee'  vil 

tru'  ly 

man'  u  script 

la'  zi  ness 

lei'  sure 

jok'  ing 

fuss'  i  ness 

pret'  ti  ly 

seiz'  ure 

dye'  ing 

sul'  tri  ness 

diz7  zi  ness 

sher'  iff 

gym'  nast 

ma  hog'  a  ny 

flim'  si  er 

ras'  cal 

gyp'  sum 

ba  na'  nas 

mea'  ger 

slaugh'  ter 

rough'  en 

di'  a  monds 

seep'  ter 

nor'  mal 

loi'  ter 

gut'  ta-per'  cha 

loos'  en 

bruis'  er 

joy'  ous 

coch7  i  neal 

mad'  den 

ton'nage 

toi'  let 

qui7  nine 

chast'  en 

bab  oon' 

hur'  ried 

cin7  na  mon 

rid'  dance 

rac  coon' 

arc'  tic 

ma  chin7  er  y 

bios'  som 

rein'  deer 

ice'-bound 

mo  las'  ses 

rue  ful 

pur'  chase 

strych'  nine 

flat'  ten 

crew'  el 

swal'  low 

symp'  torn 

bal'  ance 

un'  ion 

missed 

oys7  ter 

ed'  i  tor 

glu'ey 

gos'  sip 

blaz'  ing 

ere  a7  tor 

rag  s^ed 

tip'  pet 

clum'  si  ness 

or7  a  tor 

bluVber 

hy'  men 

grain'  mar 

hand'  some 

fur'  nace 

sky'  ward 

sweet'  en 

streak'  ed 

Yir  gin'  ia 

La  Pla'<ta 

viz. 

E.  E. 

Ten  nes  see7 

Ni  ag'  a  ra 

ult. 

Pres. 

Col  or  a'  do 

Mil  wau'  kee 

prox. 

M.  D. 

Mis  sis  sip'  pi 

Al'  le  gha  ny 

do. 

LL.  D. 

E/i'  o  Grande 

Wo-rces7  ter 

A.  D. 

D.  D. 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


37 


SEVENTH    MONTH. 

124.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  a  in  unaccented  syllables  is  sounded  nearly  like  short  ti.  in  but. 


an'  rials 
brid  al 
dis  mal 
legal 
med  al 


na'  sal  . 
ri  val 
scan  dal 
ver  nal 
ther  mal 


so'  cial 
bal  ance 
dis  tant 
in  stant 
con  stant 


mad'  am 
or  gan 
hus  band 
pet  al 
met  al 


125.    Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  e  in  unaccented  syllables  has  the  short  sound  in  met. 


chan'  nel 
flan  nel 
ker  nel 
label 
nov  el 


mod'  el 
rev  el 
satch  el 
trav  el 

ves  sel 


cliil'  dren 
sud  den 
dog  ged 
dot  ted 
him  dred 


learn'  ed 
na  ked 
rug  ged 
ha  tred 
par  eel 


126.   A  Grammar  Lesson. 
Written  Exercise. 

Principal  parts  of  irregular  verbs. 


Pres. 

Past. 

Per.  Part. 

Pres. 

Past. 

Per.  Part 

do, 

did, 

done. 

say, 

said, 

said. 

eat, 

ate, 

eaten. 

lie, 

lay, 

lain. 

ffo, 

went, 

gone. 

lay, 

laid, 

laid. 

ride, 

rode, 

ridden. 

bite, 

bit, 

bitten. 

am, 

was, 

been. 

burst, 

burst, 

burst. 

get, 

got, 

gotten. 

buy, 

bought, 

bought. 

choose, 

chose, 

chosen. 

catch, 

caught, 

caught. 

drink, 

drank, 

drunk. 

strike, 

struck, 

struck. 

hear, 

heard, 

heard. 

fight, 

fought, 

fought. 

sleep, 

slept, 

slept. 

bring, 

brought, 

brought. 

swim, 

swam, 

swam. 

spit, 

spit, 

spit. 

swear, 

swore, 

sworn. 

teach, 

taught, 

taught. 

tear, 

tore, 

torn. 

think, 

thought. 

thought. 

SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


127.   Another  Grammar  Lesson. 

In  the  ancient  or  solemn  style,  the  second  person  singular  of  verbs  ends 
with  the  suffix  est,  and  the  third  person  with  eth.  The  second  person  singular 
of  regular  verbs  in  the  past  tense  ends  with  edst,  and  the  other  persons  end  in 
ed  as  a  separate  syllable.  This  form  of  the  verb  is  used  principally  in  the 
Bible  and  in  prayer. 


Pres.  tense,  2d  pers. 

thou  pray'  est 
thou  lov  est 
thou  hat  est 
thou  reign  est 
thou  rul  est 
thou  mourn  est 
thou  liv  est 
thou  burn  est 
thou  bless  est 
thou  hear  est 


Pres.  tense,  3d  pers. 

he  pray'  eth 
he  lov  eth 
he  hat  eth 
he  reign  eth 
he  rul  eth 
he  mourn  eth 
he  liv  eth 
he  burn  eth 
he  bless  eth 
he  hear  eth 


Past  tense,  2d  pers. 

thou  pray'  edst 
thou  lov  edst 
tho-u  hat  edst 
thou  reign  edst 
thou  rul  edst 
thou  mourn  edst 
thou  liv  edst 
thou  burn  edst 
thou  bless  edst 
thou  hear  edst 


128.  Lesson  in  Derivation. 

How  verbs  are  formed  out  of  nouns. 


Nouns. 

Verbs. 

Nouns. 

Verbs. 

Nouns. 

Verbs. 

gold 
blood 

gild 

bleed 

shelf 
cloth 

shelve 
clothe 

ac'  cent 
con'  flict 

ac  cent' 
,  con  flict7 

food 

feed 

bath 

bathe 

con'  trast 

con  trast' 

half 
bulk 

halve 
bulge 

grass 
glass 

graze 
glaze 

im'  port 
sub'  ject 

im  port' 
sub  ject' 

129.   Colloquial  Words. 


chores 

scrimp 

splurge 

hoax 

nudge 


fid'  get 
fuss  y 
coax  ing 
tip  top 
tus  sle 


chit'-chat 
tat  tie 
gam  mon 
teas  ing 

hus  sy 


both'  er 
home  sick 
hub  bub 
puck  er 
pes  ter 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


130.   Oral  Spelling. 


Words  in  v 

rhich  a  in  the  first  syllable  unaccented  has  nearly  the  short 

sound.     It  is 

neither  the  long  sound  of  a  nor  the  short  sound,  but  a  softened 

sound  between 

the  two.     Be  careful  not  to  say  a  tone  for  a  tone. 

ad  mit' 

al  lot'           a  way'          ca  noe'         as  sail' 

a  bove 

a  las             a  sleep          ca  reer          a  skew 

a  bout 

a  like            a  dopt          ga  zette        a  bound 

a  bode 

a  maze          a  cute           ma  chine      a  dieu 

a  breast 

a  muse         a  byss           rap'  irie         a  new 

a  dorn 

a  mid           a  mend         ra  vine'         a  round 

a  dult 

ap  peiid        ca  det           ca  reen         a  skance 

a  drift 

a  part           ca  nal           sa  lute          a  foot 

a  far 

a  right          ca  ress          a  back          a  fresh 

a  float 

a  rise            ca  tarrh        a  baft           a  head 

a  gree 

a  vow           ca  jole          a  rouse         a  light 

a  bed 

a  wake          ca  nard         a  slant          a  live 

, 

131.  Relating  to  Dimension. 

size 

big                      stout                   im  mense' 

bulk 

great                   plump                 e  nor'  mous 

mass 

large                   port'  ly               co  los  sal 

vol'  ume 

huge                   boun  cing           gi  gan  tic 

large  ness 

am'  pie                chub  by              stu  pen  dous 

vast  ness 

mas  sive             stal  wart             un  bound  ed 

132.  Relating  to  Littleness. 

Written  Exercise. 


small. 

mite. 

ace. 

mote. 

gran  ule. 

lit'  tie. 

at'  om. 

jot. 

bit. 

glob  ule. 

ti  ny. 

speck. 

whit. 

gnat. 

mol'  e  cule. 

pet  ty. 

in  sect. 

drop. 

seed. 

drib'  let. 

pu  ny. 

mm  now. 

tit'  tie. 

grain. 

mon  ad. 

mea  ger. 

pyg  ™y* 

i  o  ta. 

scrap. 

mm  im. 

40  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

133.    Oral  Spelling. 

In  the  unaccented  prefix  con  and  its  modifications,  0  has  the  sound  as  in 
not.     Avoid  the  short  sound  of  fi. 


col  lect' 

com  plete' 

eon  ceit' 

con  sent' 

com  mand 

com  ply 

con  cur 

con  sign 

com  mence 

com  pose 

con  demn 

con  tain 

com  mit 

con  ceal 

con  dense 

con  tent 

com  pare 

con  cede 

con  nect 

con  trol 

sev'  en 

shov'  el 

ba'  sin 

glad  den 
lieav  en 

shriv  el 
wea  sel 

rai  sin 
cons  in 

gar  den 
ov  en 

reck  on 
trea  son 

doz  en 
gold  en 

134.   Pronunciation. 

"Words  in  which  the  vowel  in  the  unaccented  syllable  is  silent.  These 
words  are  pronounced  in  one  syllable.  The  suffix  en  generally  has  the  e 
silent ;  as,  ta&'n. 

tak'  en 
wak  en 
sliak  en 
wov  en 
bright  en 

135.   Air  and  Water. 

Written  Exercise. 

Water  in  Motion.  Air  ir»  Motion. 

o '  cean.  fresh'  et.  wind.  whirlwind, 

riv'  er.  bil  lows.  breeze.  cy  clone. 

cas  cade.  break  ers.  squall.  tor  na  do. 

cat'  a  ract.  sur  ges.  storm.  ty  p/won. 

show'  er.  whirl  pool.  gale.  si  moom. 

fount'  ain.  gulf-stream.  blast.  mon  soon. 

136.   How  Verbs  are  made  from  other  Verbs. 


spit 

sput'  ter 

drip 

drib'ble 

wade 

wad7  die 

pat 

pat  ter 

gripe 

grap  pie 

wring 

wrench 

gird 

gird  le 

daze 

daz  zle 

drink 

drench 

set 

set  tie 

beat 

bat  ter 

roll 

reel 

dab 

dab  blc 

glean 

glim  mer 

sniff 

snuff 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


41 


137.   Oral  Spelling. 

Be  careful  not  to  give  the  short  sound  of  I  instead  of  the  short  sound  of  8. 
The  suffix  ness  means  state  of  being  ;  less  means  without.  Define  each  word 
as  you  spell. 

ill'  ness 
lean  ness 
mean  ness 
sad  ness 
full  ness 

138.    Easy  Grammar  Lessons. 
Written  Exercise. 


blame'  less 

aim7  less 

close/  ness 

peer  less 
sense  less 

art  less 
rude  ness 

coarse  ness 
stain  less 

taste  less 
soul  less 

cause  less 
home  less 

hope  less 
sweet  ness 

Nouns  ending  in  o  after  a  consonant,  that  form  their  plurals  by  adding  es. 

car'  go, 

car  goes. 

po  td  to, 

po  id  toes. 

ech  o, 

ech  oes. 

mu  lat  to, 

mu  lat  toes. 

he  ro, 

he  roes. 

to  ma  to, 

to  ma  toes. 

mot  to, 

mot  toes. 

mos  qui  to, 

mos  qui  toes. 

ne  gro, 

ne  groes. 

buf'fa  lo, 

buf'fa  loes. 

139.   Articles  of  Commerce. 
Written  Exercise. 

sas'  safras.         leath'  er. 
sulphur.  v  a  nil'  la. 

tap  i  o'  ca.  featJi  ers. 

pe  tro'  le  urn.  por'  ce  lain. 


al'  monds. 

an  c  ho'  vies, 

buck'  wheat, 

ffum-ar'  a  bic. 

salt  pe  ter.      sar  sa  pa  ril'  la.  steam-en  gines.  coch'  i  neat. 


opum. 
champagne'. 
lo  co  mo  tives. 
cal'  i  co. 


140.   Written  Exercise  in  Given  Names. 

The  right-hand  column  has  the  abbreviated  name,  or  diminutive. 
Masculine.  Feminine. 

Mi  chael,         or  Mike.        Char  lotte,    or  Lot'  tie. 

El'  ea  nor,    or  Nell,  or  No  ra. 
Ar  a  del'  la,  or  Bel'  la,  or  Belle. 
E  liz  a  beth,  or  Bet'  tie. 
Jo  seph  ine,  or  Jo  sie. 


Na  than  i  el,  or  Nat. 

Sol'  o  mon,       or  Sol. 

A'  bra  ham,     or  Abe. 

I'  saac,  or  Ike, 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


141.   Words  relating  to  Quantity. 

I 

I 

lump          whole 

piece 

limb 

por'  tion 

heap           to'  tal 

scrap 

scale 

sec  tion 

bulk           bod  y 

whit 

bit 

frac  tion 

mass           sta  pie 

crumb 

slice 

splin  ter 

sum            u  ni  ty 

twig 

slip 

sliv  er 

gross          a  mount 

sprig 

splint 

shav  ing 

142. 

"Words  relating  to  Land. 

Oral  Exercise. 

earth          cape 

wastes 

lla'  nos 

del'ta 

ground       crag 

plains 

moor  land 

is  land 

beach         rock 

downs 

mead  ow 

o7  a  sis 

strand         peak 

steppes 

heath  er 

isth'  mus 

coast           soil 

pain"  pas 

pas  ture 

mount  ain 

shore          isle 

prai  ries 

wood  land 

con7  ti  nent 

143.  Geographical  Spelling. 

Written  Exercise, 

Wis  con*  sin, 

Wis. 

West  Vir  gin  i 

a,  W.  Ya. 

North  Car  o  U'  na, 

N.  C. 

Ver  mont', 

n. 

Al  a  ba  ma, 

Ala. 

Kan  sas} 

Kan. 

New  Jer'  sey, 

N.J. 

Rhode  Is  land, 

R.I. 

Tex'  as, 

Tex. 

New  Hamp  shire,  N.  H. 

Mis  sis  sip  pi, 

Miss. 

Ar  kari  sasy 

Ark. 

Lou  is  i  a  na, 

La. 

Ne  bras'  ka, 

Neb. 

Maine, 

Me. 

Or  e  gon, 

Or. 

South  Car  o  li'  na> 

s.  a 

Flor  i  da, 

Fla. 

Ma  ry  land. 

Md. 

Del'  a  ware, 

Del. 

Cat  ifor'  ni  a, 

Cal. 

Ne  va  da, 

Nev. 

Con  nect'  i  cut, 

Conn. 

Mis  sov'  ri, 

Mo. 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


144.   Monthly  Retiew. 


satch'  el 

full7  ness 

coax'^g 

bought 

scoun7  drel 

soul7  less 

fid7  get  "" 

caught 

mourn'  eth 

coarse7  ness 

broth7  er 

taught 

pray'  est 

sense7  less 

tus7  sle 

fought 

cleans'  est 

mot7  toes 

co  los7  sal 

thought 

ca  tarrh7 

car7  goes 

e  nor7  mous 

halve 

ba  zaar7 

bris7  ties 

gi  gan7  tic 

graze 

a  skance' 

leath7  er 

tor  na7  do 

thieve 

ga  zette7 

med7  al 

ty  phoon7 

scrap 

im  mense' 

pas'  ture 

hur'  ri  cane 

squall 

con  ceit7 

istli7  mus 

inu  lat7  toes 

gnash 

con  dense' 

heath7  er 

mos  qui7  toes 

switch 

con  sign7 

prai7  ries 

lo  co  mo7  tives 

plaid 

EIGHTH    MONTH. 

145.   Written  Exercise  in  Derivation. 

Words  having  i  before  e :  ie  =  e.     Write  out  in  full  on  slates  or  paper 
the  derivatives  formed  by  adding  the  given  suffixes. 


Verb. 

Part. 

p.  P. 

Verb. 

Part. 

P.P. 

Noun. 

grieve 

-ing 

-ed. 

re  lieve 

-ing 

.ed, 

re  lief 

shriek 

-ing 

-eel. 

re  trieve 

-ing 

-ed, 

re  triev  al. 

piece 

-ing 

-eel. 

reprieve 

-ing 

-eel) 

re  prieve  '. 

view 

-ing 

-ed. 

be  lieve 

-ing 

-ed, 

be  lief. 

pierce 

-ing 

-ed. 

re  view 

-ing 

-ed, 

re  view. 

146.   Oral  Spelling. 
Words  having  i  before  e :  ie 

chief  niece  fierce 

field  fiend  lien 

wield  siege  tierce 

lief  tier  priest 

liege  bier  pier 


priest'  ly 
priest  ess 
chief  tain 

piece'-work 
piece  meal 
view  less 

bre  vier7 
griev'  ous 

priest  hood 
brief  less 

44 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


147.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  silent  w  before  r.     Try  to  use  each  of  these  words  correctly 
in  a  sentence. 


wrap 
wrath 
wreck 

wreath        wrong             wring           writ 
wrench       wreak             wran'  gle       wry 
wrist          wrin'kle         wrest            wretch'  ed 

wretch 
wren 

writhe        wrist  band     wres'  tie        wrin  kly 
write          wrist  let         wrath  ful      wrong'  ful  ly 

148.   Written  Spelling. 

Words  having  e  before  i  :  ei  =  6. 

Verb. 

seize, 
re  ceive'y 
de  ceive, 
per  ceive, 
re  ceiptj 

Part.                                  Noun. 

seiz  ing,               sciz  ure.              ei'  ther. 
re  ceiv'  ing,           re  cep  tion.         nei  ther. 
de  ceiv  ing,           de  cep  tion.         de  ceit'. 
per  ceiv  ing,         per  cep  tion.       per  ceived. 
re  ceipt  ing,          re  ceipt'.             re  ceipt'  ed. 

149.  Articles  in  a  Hardware  Store. 

A  lesson  for  boys. 

awls 
bits 
butts 
nails 
scales 

knobs                  gaug'  es              wrench'  es 
planes                 bev  els                riv  ets 
screws                 chis  els               plumb-lines 
scythes                fau  cets               hand-saws 
spades                 trow  els               com7  pass  es 

150.  Mountain  Ranges. 

Written  Exercise. 

Rock  '  y. 
An'  des. 
Alps. 
Alf  tai. 

Al'  le  gha  ny                Si  er'  ra  Ne  va'  da, 
Pyr'  en  ees.                   Si  er'  ra   Mail'  re. 
Ap  en  nines.                 Him  a  la  ya. 
Bal'  kan.                        Can  ca  sus. 

At'  las. 

Cor  dil'  ler  as.              Kuen-lun. 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 

151.   Written  Exercise. 

"Words  having  silent  b. 


45 


climb, 
comb, 
thumb, 
be  numb', 
debt, 

climb'  ing,          climbed.                      bomb  -shell, 
comb  ing,            combed.                       tomb'  stone, 
thumb  ing,          thumbed.                     dumb  ness, 
be  numb'  ing,      be  numbed'.                 numb  ness, 
debt'  or,               in  debt'  eel.                 plumb-line. 

152.   Proper  Nouns. 

Oral  Exercise. 

Aa'  ron 
Cal  vin 

Her'bert          A'  da            Co'  ra         Em'ily 
Jes  se               Ann             E  va           Em  ma 

Den  nis 

No  ah              An'  na         Eve            Mo  ra 

Ed  mund 

Eo  land            An  nie         Faith          I  re'  ne 

E  li'  sha 

Si  las               Anne            Hope          Maud 

153.  A  Lesson  for  Boys. 

Written  Exercise. 

gauge, 
gouge, 
joist, 
laths, 
shin'  gles. 
stuc  co. 

Terms  used  by  Carpenters  and  Masons. 

bev  el.                 sleep  ers.           clap  boards, 
chamfer.            stud  ding.          hearth  stones, 
dove  tail.            cor  nice.            fore-plane, 
mor  Use.             ga  ble.                sky'  light, 
man  lei.             pan  el.               ridge-pole, 
scant  ling.          gav  el.                door-sills. 

154.  A  Tough  Enough  Lesson. 

Ph  and  gh  =  the  sound  of  f. 

phrase 
phiz 
sphere 
phlegm 
sphinx 
nymph 

cough               neph'  ew                 sul'  phur 
trough              pain  phlet               tri  umph 
rough                proph  et                  ser  aph 
laugh                cam  pbor                graph  ic 
ci'  pher             mor  phine               tel'  e  graph 
phys  ic             cam'  phene              au  to  graph 

SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


155.  Words  often  misspelt. 

Words  having  silent  g,  k,  and  gh. 


gnaw 

knell 

fight 

though 

gnawed 

knack 

might 

dough 

gnarl 

knead 

flight 

weight 

gnarled 

knee 

blight 

bough 

gnash 

knout 

fright 

slough 

gnat 

sigh 

wight 

drought 

gneiss 

nigh 

eight 

through 

know 

high 

fraught 

freight 

knave 

thigh 

aught 

straight 

knoll 

sight 

ought 

knuck'  le 

knob 

bight 

naught 

naught  y 

knit 

height 

sought 

knowl  edge 

knight 

light 

taught 

neigh  bor 

knife 

tight 

bought 

thor  ough 

kneel 

rig]  it 

thought 

daugh  ter 

knot 

bright 

wrought 

spright  ly 

knock 

dight 

nought 

slaugh  ter 

knew 

gnome 

brought 

haugh  ty 

156.  Written  Exercise. 

Words  having  silent  letters.     In  the  first  three  columns,  the  words  have  1 
silent ;  in  the  fourth  column,  silent  n  final ;  in  the  fifth,  silent  ue  final. 


half. 

calk. 

psalms. 

hymn. 

brogue. 

calf. 

alms. 

qualms. 

kiln. 

league. 

walk. 

calms. 

folks. 

limn. 

plague. 

chalk. 

balms. 

could. 

damn. 

vogue. 

talk. 

palms. 

would. 

sol'  emn. 

vague. 

stalk. 

fal'  con. 

ealves. 

col'  umn. 

mosque. 

balk. 

halves. 

should. 

con  demri  . 

tongue. 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 

157.  Words  hard  to  pronounce. 

Oral  Exercise. 

"Words  having  wh  with  the  full  aspirate  sound. 


47 


wharf 

whit 

whee'  die 

wharf  age 

what 

whiff 

wher  ry 

where  a  bouts' 

whack 

whine 

whirl  ing 

where'  fore 

when 

whim 

whir  ring 

when  ev'  er 

where 

whip 

whirl  pool 

wher  ev'  er 

wheel 

whisk 

whip  stock 

where  with' 

whew 

whiz 

whip  lash 

where  by' 

whist 

why 

whirl  wind 

where  in' 

wheeze 

which 

whirl  i  gig 

white'  wash 

whelp 

whit'  tie 

whip  ster 

whet'  stone 

whence 

whis  tie 

whin  ny 

whim'  si  cal 

wheat 

whif  fle 

whin  ing 

whif  fet 

while 

whim  per 

whisk  er 

whip'  ping 

white 

whis  ky 

wlieth  er 

what  ev'  er 

158. 

Terms  relating 

to  Light  and 

Darkness. 

sun 

day'  light 

night 

moon'  less 

day 

sun  light 

dusk 

beam  less 

blaze 

sun  shine 

gloom 

ray  less 

glare 

moon  light 

shade 

dark  some 

flare 

moon  shine 

dawn 

som  ber 

glow 

star  light 

haze 

murk  y 

sun'  ny 

noon  tide 

dim 

dusk  y 

brill  iant 

noon  day 

dull 

tur  bid 

flash  ing 

light  ning 

faint 

foggy 

daz  zling 

lus  ter 

mist'  y 

styg'  i  an 

bur  nished 

bright  ness 

cloud  y 

E  gyp'  tian 

lu'  mi  nous 

glim  mer 

lu  rid 

mid'  night 

spark'  litig 

glit  ter 

sun  less 

neb'  u  lous 

twink  ling 

ra'  di  ance 

star  less 

ob  scure' 

48  SWINTON'S  WORD-BOOK. 

159.   Orthography  and  Etymology. 

The  final  e  is  generally  dropped  before  a  suffix  beginning  with  a  vowel.  In 
some  cases  it  is  dropped  before  a  suffix  beginning  with  a  consonant,  as/«/,  ly, 
and  ment. 

wide  wid'  en  sale  sal'  a  ble 

lodge  lodged  blame  blam  a  ble 

lose  los  er  gape  -  gap  ing 

brute  brut  ish  rate  rat  a  ble 

dye  dy  er  move  mov  a  ble 

loose  loos  er  cure  cur  a  ble 

due  du  ly  sue  sued 

true  tru  ly  love  lov  a  ble 

whole  whol  ly  white  whit  ish 

awe  aw  ful  nurse  nurs  ling 

woe  wo  ful  ar  gue  ar  gu  ment 

160.   Names  of  Distinguished  Americans. 

Daniel  Webster,  Orator  and  Statesman. 

Henry  Clay,  Orator  and  Statesman. 

John  C.  Calhoun,  Orator  and  Statesman. 

Thomas  Jefferson,  President  and  Statesman. 

Andrew  Jackson,  President  and  General. 

Abraham  Lincoln,  President  and  Statesman. 

William  Cullen  Bryant,  Poet  and  Editor. 

Henry  W.  Longfellow,  Poet. 

John  G.  Whittier,  Poet. 

William  H.  Prescott,  Historian. 

Ralph  Waldo  Emerson,  Essayist. 

Samuel  E.  B.  Morse,  Inventor. 

Eobert  Fulton,  Inventor. 

Eli  Whitney,  Inventor. 

Horace  Greeley,  Editor. 

William  H.  Seward,  Statesman. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


49 


161.   Quarterly 

Review. 

griev'  ing 

seiz'  ure 

knowl'  edge 

siege 

piec'  ing 

con  ceit' 

knuck'  le 

niece 

re  trieve' 

Gan'  ges 

naught'  y 

sieve 

be  lieve' 

climb'  ing 

daugh'  ter 

brief 

re  view' 

dumb'  ness 

thor'  ough 

view 

pierc'  ing 

numb'  ness 

spright'  ly 

seize 

shield'  ed 

tomb'  stone 

brooch'  es 

knobs 

priest'  hood 

lamb'  skin 

sap'  phires 

scythes 

griev'  ous 

sky'  light 

ear'-rings 

screws 

piece'  meal 

clap'  boards 

cor'  al 

thumbs 

fierce'  ness 

ridge'-pole 

ru'  bies 

debt 

friend'  ship 

stud'  ding 

con  demn' 

comb 

a  chieve' 

shin'  gles 

col'  umn 

gauge 

wretch'  ed 

neph'  ew 

sol'  emn 

gouge 

wres'  tie 

pam'  phlet 

wea'  sel 

phiz 

wrin'  kle 

or'  phan 

whip'-stock 

sphere 

wrig'  gle 

cam'  phene 

wharf  age 

nymph 

de  ceive' 

graph'  ic 

where'  fore 

gnaw 

per  ceive' 

ser'  aph 

whim'  per 

knack 

re  ceipt' 

phys'  ic 

whisk'  er 

wrought 

lu'  mi  nous 

whis'  tling 

dog'  ged 

field 

light'  ning 

bus'  tling 

rag'  ged 

lief 

twink'  ling 

jos'  tling 

got'  ten 

whiz 

neb'  u  lous 

jog'gling 

rid'  den 

wheeze 

ra'  di  ance 

loos'  er 

bless'  eth 

whelp 

sal'  a  ble 

brut'  ish 

pray'  eth 

whack 

blam'  a  ble 

mor'  tise 

lov'  edst 

caught 

mov'  a  ble  .-. 

cor'  nice 

mourn'  edst  f 

bought 

cur'  a  ble 

phon'  ic 

a  dieu' 

heard 

lov'  a  ble 

mot'  toes 

a  skew' 

ace 

judg'  ment 

leath'  er 

a  byss' 

gape 

lodg'  ment 

gulf-stream 

glob'  ule 

loose 

3 

D 

50 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


NINTH    MONTH. 
162.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  silent  t.     Often  is  pronounced,  not  of-ten,\y\iiqff"n. 


oft7  en 
soft  en 
fast  en 
hast  en 
chas  ten 

chris7  ten 
list  en 
bus  tie 
whis  tie 
this  tie 

wres7  tie 
tres  tie 
nes  tie 
hus  tie 
jos  tie 

cas7  tie 
Christ  mas 
isth  mus 
a  pos7  tie 
e  pis'  tie 

mort'  gage 
chest  nut 
hos  tier 
bou  quet' 
de7  pot 

163.   Written  Exercise. 

Words  with  tch. 


itch. 

ditch. 

hatch. 

clutch. 

watch'  case. 

witch, 
switch. 

pitch, 
stitch. 

latch, 
match. 

Dutch, 
crotch. 

satch  el. 
stretch  er. 

fitch, 
twitch. 

batch, 
patch. 

thatch, 
wretch. 

crotch'  et. 
hatch  et. 

pitch  er. 
pitchfork. 

A.'  de  line 
Be7  a  trice 
Con7  stance 
Em7  e  line 
Ev7  e  line 


164.  Feminine  Names. 

Oral  Exercise. 

Ger7  trude         Ma  til7  da 
Hen  ri  et7  ta      O  liv'  ia 
Isabel7  la 
Ja  net7 


Lyd7  i  a 


Phce7  be 
Ea7  cliel 
Stel7  la 


Lou  i7  sa 
Vic  to7  ri  a 
Vio7la 
Vir  gin7  ia 
Ye  ron7  i  ca 


165.   Steamship  Advertisement. 

Written  Exercise. 

Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co/s  Line.  To  California,  Japan, 
and  China,  and  to  Kingston  (Jamaica),  Aspinwall,  Panama, 
the  Pacific  Coast  of  Mexico,  Central  America,  Peru,  and 
Chili,  on  the  15th  and  30th  of  each  month  (or  the  day 
previous  when  these  days  fall  on  Sunday).  Tickets,  with 
state-rooms,  for  steamer  China,  from  San  Francisco,  May  1, 
for  Japan  and  China,  also  issued. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


51 


166.    Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  g  before  e,  i,  and  y  has  the  soft  sound,  like  j.  Except 
before  these  vowels,  it  has  the  hard  sound  as  in  got. 

gin 

gist 

gibe 

gem 

gill 

o  ^ 

167.   Written  Exercise  in  Verbs. 

Verbs  which  do  not  have  an  additional  syllable  when  ed  is  added.  Remem- 
ber that  final  consonants  after  a  single  vowel  are  doubled,  and  final  e  is 
dropped. 


gib'  bet 

ge'  nus 

gyp7  sum 

gi  gan'  tic 

gen  der 

gen  try 

gym  nast 

gil'  ly  flow  er 

gen  ius 

gin  ger 

gib  bet 

ge  om'  e  try 

gen  tie 

rigid 

gen  tian 

ge  og  ra  phy 

gi  ant 

gyp  sy 

gest  ure 

ge  ol  o  gy 

Verb. 

Past  Tense. 

Verb. 

Past  Tense. 

Verb. 

Past  Tense. 

throb, 

throbbed. 

bar, 

barred. 

rain, 

rained. 

earn, 

earned. 

cry, 

cried. 

seize, 

seized. 

pray, 

prayed. 

dye, 

dyed. 

tease, 

teased. 

play, 

played. 

lay, 

laid. 

try, 

tried. 

neigh, 

neighed. 

pay, 

paid. 

sigh, 

sighed. 

168.   Oral  Exercise. 

Words  in  which  g  before  i  arid  e  has  the  hard  sound  as  in  give. 


get 

gicT  dy 

giv'  en 

girl'  ish 

girl'  hood 

gift 

gib  bous 

gear  ing 

gird  le 

head-gear 

gig 

ging  ham 

get  ting 

giv  ing 

gird  er 

gilt 

gim  let 

gew  gaw 

gey  ser 

gift-horse 

gills 

giz  zard 

geld  ing 

au  ger 

gig  gling 

169.   Articles  in  a  Store. 
Written  Exercise. 


cof  fee. 

all'  spice. 

broadf  cloth. 

sal  e  ra'  tus. 

ci  gars'. 

whip-stocks. 

a  I'  co  hoi. 

ax-hari  dies. 

cod'  fish. 

can  dy. 

choc  o  late. 

hoe-han  dies. 

ben  zine. 

wal  nuts. 

cal  i  co. 

scythe-snaths. 

nee  dies. 

rai  sins. 

crock  er  y. 

salt  pe  ter. 

SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


170    "Written  Exercise  in  the  Past  Tense. 

The  suffix  ed  means  did.  When  it  is  added  to  some  regular  verbs,  the  e  is 
silent  and  the  d  is  sounded  like  t.  Arch-ed  is  pronounced  archt.  Spell,  pro- 
nounce, and  define  the  past  tense  of  the  following  verbs.  Model :  "  asked, 
did  ask." 


ask. 

dip. 

nip. 

pack. 

switch. 

thrash. 

balk. 

dress. 

ditch. 

preach. 

snatch. 

vex. 

blush. 

dock. 

help. 

place. 

sketch. 

walk. 

blink. 

fetch. 

hack. 

pass. 

slake. 

waltz. 

brush. 

flap. 

hatch. 

parse. 

screech. 

wince. 

bleach. 

fleece. 

joke. 

patch. 

shriek. 

wreak. 

black. 

froth. 

knock. 

piece. 

squeak. 

wreck. 

bluff. 

flinch. 

kick. 

quake. 

sneak. 

whisk. 

cross. 

glance. 

lauffh. 

rock. 

search. 

wax. 

cuff. 

grace. 

lick. 

rush. 

thatch. 

whip. 

cough. 

grease. 

plash. 

race. 

tuck. 

yoke. 

cease. 

gape. 

mix. 

reap. 

tax. 

wish. 

creak. 

guess. 

mass. 

match. 

bounce. 

yelp. 

171.   Oral  Spelling. 

Silent  h,  and  ch.  hard  and  soft. 


h  silent. 

eh  like  k. 

ch  like  sh  (Fr.). 

hour'  ly 

ghost7  ly 

chord 

cha'  os 

cham  pagne' 

lion  est 

shep  herd 

chasm 

chem  ist 

che  nille 

hon  or 

rhu  barb 

school 

Chris  tian 

cha  rade 

heir  ess 

ca  tarrh' 

cho'  rus 

ech  o 

cha  grin 

rhymes 

ex  hort 

cho  ral 

mon  arch 

cha  teau 

172.   Abbreviations. 
Written  Exercise. 

answer,  ans.  catholic, 

arithmetic,  arith.  conjunction, 

assistant,  asst.  dejinition, 

adverb,  adv.  deputy, 

adjective,  adj.  defendant, 


cath. 

conj. 

def. 

dep. 

deft. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK.  5'3 

173.  Oral  Spelling. 

t  =  sh.                s  =  z.              ti  =  sh.               ti  =  sh.  si-  =  sb. 

su'  gar         vis'  ion         ac'  tion         men'  tion  man'  sion 

sure  ly         pleas  ure      fric  tion       mar  tial  pas  sion 

sur  er          meas  ure      auc  tion       pa  tient  ses  sion 

as  sure'        lei  sure        cau  tion       quo  tient  ver  sion 

in  sure         o  sier           frac  tion      ra  tion  mis  sion 

174.  Oral  Spelling. 

Nouns  which  have  th  soft  in  the  singular  and  hard  in  the  plaral. 


Sing. 

bath 

Plur. 

baths 

Sing. 

mouth 

Plur. 

mouths 

broad'  cloths 

lath 

laths 

wreath 

wreaths 

dish  cloths 

path 
cloth 

paths 
cloths 

sheath 
oath 

sheaths 
oaths 

foot-paths 
foot-baths 

moth 

moths 

truth 

truths 

neck  cloths 

175.   Common  Errors, 

In  many  parts  of  the  United  States. 

drown'  ded  for  drowned  en'  glne  for  en'  gme 

at  tack'  ted   "  at  tacked  jan  ders  "  jaun  dice 

deef  "  deaf  stid  dy  "  stead  y 

fust  "  first  yal  ler  "  yel  low 

air  "  are  bust  "  burst 

aim  "  earn  fahm  "  farm 

put  "  put  crit'  ter  "  creat'  ure 

unly  "  only  cuss  "  curse 

gownd  "  gown  lee' tie  "  lit' tie 

git  "  get  poot  y  "  pret  ty 

huff  "  hoof  sar  cer  ee  sau  cer 

ile  "  oil  bile  "  boil 

hen'  der         "  hin'  der  stomp  "  stamp 

ketch  "  catch  thar  "  there 


54  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

176.   Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  which  have  d  silent.     After  d,  g  is  always  soft,  like  j. 


bridge 
dodge 
sledge 
dredge 
edge 
fledge 

bridg'  ing         lodge        lodg'  ings              ledge 
dodg  er            lodge        lodg  merit             sedge 
sledg  ing          wedge      wedged                 trudge 
dredg  ing         hedge       hedg  ing               budge 
edg  ing             ridge        hedge  hog            fidg'  et 
fledge  ling       judge       judg  ment            cud  gel 

177.   Written  Exercise. 

Words  meaning  to  join,  and  to  separate. 

tie. 
knit, 
hitch, 
lash, 
splice. 

gird.          yoke.         cut.           hew.           nnfet'  ter, 
chain.        nail.          cleave.       chop.          un  latch'  . 
pick'  et.     bolt.           rend.         slash.         un  lock, 
tetli  er.      clasp.         snap.        shiv'  er.     un  screw, 
harness,  riv  et.       break.       whittle,    unpin. 

178.    Words  denoting  Sounds. 

Oral  Exercise. 

Er  added  to  these  words  means  an  animal  that. 

bark 
bel7  low 
growl 
yelp 
bay 

neigh           coo               chir'rup           screech 
pur              quack           twit'ter            roar 
bleat            cluck            grunt                buzz 
low               chirp            bray                   hum 
caw              gob'  ble        croak                squeal 

179.   Written  Exercise. 

El'  Us. 

Given  Names  of  Persons. 

I  sa  iali.           A  man  da.        Eur  nice. 

E  noch. 

Mil'  ton.            Bar  ba  ra.       Jean. 

Eth  an. 
Her  man 
Hn  bert. 

Si  man.             Bridg'  et.          Jessie. 
Ly  man.            Es  ther.            Le  o  no  ra. 
Ro  ger.              En  ye  nia.        Mar'  i  on. 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


aunt 
ant 

Brit'  on 
Brit'  ain 
hire 
high'  er 
met/  al 
met'  tie 
prin'  ci  pal 
prin'  ci  pie 

cap'  i  tal 
cap'  i  tol 


180.   Written  Exercise. 

Words  pronounced  nearly  alike,  but  spelled  differently. 

Did  you  say  that  his  aunt  sat  down  on  an  ant-\\il\ 

on  the  heath  ? 
A  Briton  is  a  native  of  Great  Britain. 


If  farmers  hire  servants  in  summer,  they  have  to 

pay  them  higher  wages  than  in  winter. 
A  m&tal  horse  cannot  be  called  a  horse  of  mettle. 


The  principal  of  our  school  says  that  acting  on  hon- 
est principles  should  be  one  of  the  principal  aims 
of  both  old  and  young. 

In  Rome,  the  capital  of  Italy,  there  is  an  ancient 
building  called  the  Capitol. 


181.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  th,  as  in  their. 

those          blithe  tliith'  er          moth  er  north'  ern 

theirs          scythe  with  er  fa  ther  south  ern 

thine  loathe  weath  er         feath  er  far  thing 

thence         breathe         both  er  leath  er  fath  om 

that  with  otb  er  netli  er  with  stand' 


scrub 

scud 

scrip 

scum 

scull 

scamp 

scan 


182.   Oral  Spelling. 
Words  in  which  c  sounds  like  k. 
scale 
scarce 
score 
scoff 
scratch 


scream 

screech 

scrawl 

scrape 

scout 

scoop 

scare 


scrap 
scowl 


scant'  ling 
scant  y 
scru  pie 
scut  tie 
sculpt  ure 
scat  ter 
script  ure 


56 


SWINTOfl'S    WORD-BOOK. 


TENTH    MONTH. 

183.   Written  Exercise. 

Exceptions  to  dropping  final  6.  Words  ending  in  ce  ory<?  do  not  drop  e 
•when  the  suffix  begins  with  a  or  0,  because  c  and  g  have  the  hard  sound  before 
those  vowels. 


peace, 

peace'  a  lie. 

singe, 

singe'  ing. 

trace, 

trace  a  lie.. 

hinge, 

hinge  ing. 

change, 

change  a  die. 

shoe, 

shoe  ing. 

charge, 

charge  a  die. 

hoe, 

hoe  ing. 

service, 

service  a  ble. 

toe, 

toe  ing. 

184.   Oral 

Exercise. 

Sounds  of  c  and  s. 

brace 

cease             ran'  cid 

cen'  sus 

de  scent' 

trace 

lease             ac  id 

scis  sors 

re  source 

face 

grease           gro  cer 

sen  tence 

en  force 

lace 

crease           de  cent 

cy  press 

re  course 

grace 

hearse           cres  cent         cis  tern 

di  vorce 

185.   Two  Ways  of  Spelling. 

ax 

axe 

de  fense' 

de  fence'  • 

plow 

plough 

pre  tense 

pre  tence 

stanch 

staunch 

of  fense 

of  fence 

hight 

height 

ve  dette 

vi  dette 

adz 

adze 

skill'  ful 

skil'  ful 

jail 

gaol 

will'  ful 

wil  ful 

sir'  up 

syr'  up 

dull  ness 

dul  ness 

si  ren 

sy  ren 

full  ness 

ful  ness 

wag  on 

wag  gon 

en  roll'  ment 

en  rol'  ment 

hos  tier 

os  tier 

in  stall'  ment 

in  stal'  ment 

ci  gar7 

se  gar' 

ful  fill' 

fulfil 

in  quire 

en  quire. 

en'  vel  ope 

en'  vel  op 

in  case 

en  case 

gray'  ish 

grey7  ish 

dis  patch 

des  patch 

whisx  ky 

whis'  key 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK.  57 

186.  "Words  often  confounded. 

Written  exercise,  to  be  dictated  by  the  teacher. 

e  di'  tion  In  the  new  edition  of  that  book,  a  large  addition 

ad  di7  tion  has  been  made  to  the  first  part  of  it. 

ad  her'  ents  His  adherents  began  to  forsake  him  after  he  had 

ad  her'  ence         avowed  his  adherence  to  the  tenets  of  that  sect. 

affect'  People  that  affect  too  much  kindness 'seldom  effect 

ef  feet'  much  in  the  way  of  favors. 

a  loud7  The  children  cried  aloud,  on  being  told  that  they 

al  lowed7  should  not  be  allowed  to  enter  the  orchard. 

as  sist7  ants  The  assistants  of  that  merchant  gave  him  but  little 

as  sist'  ance         assistance. 

at  tend7  ance  That  lady  receives  but  poor  attendance  from  all  her 

at  tend'  ants        attendants  and  retainers,  as  she  calls  them. 

ax  The  battle-aa?  performed  many  great  acts  in  the 

acts  hands  of  warriors  in  ancient  times. 

car7  rot  Carrot,  a  kind  of  root,  and  caret,  a  mark  used  for 

ca7  ret  interlining,  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from 

each  other. 

eel7  er  y  Celery  is  a  vegetable  seldom  seen  on  the  dinner- 
sal'  a  ry  table  of  a  person  with  a  small  salary. 

cen7  tu  lies  Two  centuries  ago,  more  sentries  kept  guard  about 
sen'  tries  this  castle  than  do  so  now. 

colo'  nel  The  colonel  of  the  regiment  cut  the  kernel  out  of  3, 
ker'  nel  nut,  and  gave  it  to  our  little  boy. 

187.  Words  often  confounded. 

con7  fi  dent  I  am  quite  confident  that  I  did  not  divulge 

con  fi  dant7  your  secret  to  my  most  intimate  confidant. 

cow'  ard  Such  a  coward  is  not  even  fit  for  a  farmer's 

cow7  herd  cowherd. 

cor  re  spond7  ence  Your  correspondence  must   occupy   a  great 
cor  re  spond7  ents       amount  of  time,  if  you  write  often  to  each 
of  your  correspondents. 


58  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

de  cease'          Did  you  say  the  decease  of  your  friend  was  caused 
dis  ease'  by  a  lingering  disease  ? 

def  er  ence      Deference  or  disrespect  toward  superiors  marks  out 
dif '  fer  ence        the  main  difference  between  polite  and  impolite 

persons. 

des'  ert  You  would  only  get  your  desert,  for  leaving  us  in 

de  sert7  that  desert  place,  if  we  gave  you  no  dessert  after 

des  serf  dinner. 

dose  The  dose  of  medicine  has  made  you  doze  away  a 

doze  great  part  of  the  evening. 

e  lude'  That  thief  tried  to  elude  his  pursuers,  but  they 

il  lude'  illuded  and  seized  him. 

em'  i  grate      People  emigrate  from  one  country  and  immigrate 
im'  mi  grate       into  another. 

e  rup'  tion      An  eruption,  on  the  skin  disfigured  many  of  his 
ir  rup'  tion         soldiers  when  he  made  his  first  irruption  into 

the  enemy's  country. 


188.   "Words  often  confounded. 

ex'  cept  Except  you  receive  this  small  gift  from  me,  I  will 

ac  cept7  not  accept  of  yours. 

ex  tent7  In  the  whole  extent  of  the  country  there  is  not 

ex  tant7  extant  a  finer  specimen  of  ancient  writing, 

fish.'  er  Did  you  say  the  faker  fixed  the  anchor  of  his  boat 

fis7  sure  in  a  fissure  of  a  rock  ? 

gam'  ble  Gamblers  gamble,  but  goats  frolic  or  gambol. 
gam'  bol 

gen'  ius  It  required  considerable  genius  to  divide  animals 

ge'  nus  into  the  orders  of  genus  and  species, 

gest'  ure  Your  speech  and  foolish  gesture  would  make  people 

jest'  er  believe  that  you  were  a  low  jester. 

im  post'  ure  Imposture  does  not  often  remain  long  undetected, 

im  post'  or  although  the  impostor  is  well  skilled  iii  the  arts 
of  deception. 


FIRST    YEAR'S   WORK.  59 

in  gen'  ions  Besides  being  very  ingenious  in  mechanical  con- 
in  gen'  n  ons  trivances,  he  is  a  most  amiable  and  ingenuous 

companion  and  friend. 

light' ning  Lightning  struck  the  mast  of  the  vessel  when 

light7  en  ing  they  were  engaged  in  lightening  its  burden, 

lin'  i  ment  Liniment  may  heal  a  wound  on  the  face,  but  it 

lin'  e  a  ment  will  not  alter  its  lineaments. 

189.  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  pronounced  alike,  but  differing  in  meaning.     Try  to  use  each  word 
in  a  sentence,  to  show  the  correct  meaning. 

fur  fir  beet  beat  ale  ail 

isle  aisle  gate  gait  sole  soul 

lie  lye  hare  hair  tail  tale 

ore  oar  hart  heart  vail  vale 

our  hour  heel  heal  vain  vein 

190.  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  pronounced  alike,  but  differing  in  meaning. 

t*x  tacks  pore  pour  flour  flow'er 

too  two  rain  rein  peace  piece 

tow  toe  right  write  quire  choir 

one  won  rest  wrest  bough  bow 

yew  ewe  ring  wring  core  corps 

191.   Compound  Words. 

Oral  Exercise. 

Without  hyphen  (permanent  compounds).  With  hyphen. 

en'  set  red'  breast  moon'  light  yew'-tree 

out  law  fore  thought  ware  house  wire-gauze 

sun  beam  mid  night  cork  screw  blue-eyed 

tooth  ache  wel  come  whole  sale  '  plum-cake 

fore  noon  draw  back  wrist  band  hand-book 

aft7  er  noon  cast'  a  way  horse  hair  may'-flow  er 


60 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


high'  way. 
mid  day. 
noon  tide, 
tell-tale, 
sun  set. 
hear  say. 
make-be  lieve. 


192.   Compound  Words. 
Written  Exercise. 

marks'  man. 

sea  man. 
plumb-line. 

Tain-gauge, 
four -foot  ed. 


sun  rise. 

green  wood. 

turn  coat. 

stand-point. 

spit  fire, 
mould'  ing-board,  two  fold, 
thor  ough-bred.  short-cake. 


close-fist  ed. 
rear'  guard, 
worm  wood. 


wedge-shaped, 
safe  guard, 
two-edged. 


193.   Daily  Retail  Market  Report. 
Written. 


Butter,  50@60. 

Honey,  20@25. 

Eggs,  hens',  30@40. 

do.    ducks',  35@45. 

Lard,  ^  ft.  18@20. 

Bacon,  18@25. 


Onions,  *ffi  ft. 
Caulifl'rs,  each, 
Cabbages,  do. 
Celery,  <$>  doz. 
Radishes,  do. 


U@2. 
10@15. 

12@20. 
50@75. 
20@25. 


Artichokes,  do.  50@1.00. 


Horseradish,  do.  10@15. 
Mushrooms,  do.  25@50. 
Okra,  f-  ft.  48@50. 
Peppers,  do.  25@35. 
Garlic,  do.  5@8. 

Eschalots,  do. 


194.   Another  Market  Report. 
Written. 


Straw'ries,  ^  ft.  8@10.  Rabbits,  ty  pair,  25@40. 
Cran'ries^gal.75@1.00.  Hare,  do.  20@30. 
Pineapples,  each,  50@75.  Squirrels,  do.  10@15. 


Anchovies,  ^  ft.  5@6. 
Tomcod,  do.  15@20. 
Sturgeon,  do.  4@5. 


Chickens,     do.    50@75.     Oysters,  ty  100,   1.25@.     Shrimps,    do.    10@12. 
Geese,  ^pr.,2.00@3.00.     Mussels,     do.         25@.     Porter-h'se  st'k,20@25. 


Turkey,  <$>-  ft.      22@25.     Smelts,  ^  ft. 


Sirloin         do.  18@20. 


mea;  sles 
con  sump'tion 
bron  chi7  tis 
dys'  en  ter  y 
e  ry  sip7  e  las 
diph  the7  ri  a 


195.   A  Hard  Lesson. 

Common   Diseases. 

whoop7  ing-cough 
scar7  let  fever 
ty7  phus  fe7  ver 
bil7  ious  fe7  ver 
chick7  en-pox 
small-pox 


neu7  ral  gi  a 
dys  pep7  si  a 
rheu7  ma  tism 
pa  ral7  y  sis 
scar  la  ti7  na 
pneu  mo7  ni  a 


FIEST    YEAR'S    WORK.  61 

196.   Territories  of  the  United  States.     (1872.) 

U'  tah,  U.  Ter.  Da  ko  ta,          Dak.  Ter. 

New  Mex  i  co,  N.  M.  Ter.  Ar  i  zo  na,       Ar.  Ter. 

Col  o  ra  do,  Col.  Ter.  A  las'  ka,  Al.  Ter. 

Wash'  ing  ton,  Wn.  Ter.  Dis  trict  of  \ 

I' da  ho,  Id.  Ter.  Co  lum  bi  a,] 

Wy  o'  ming,  Wy.  Ter.  In  dian,  Ind.  Ter. 

197.  Names  of  Important  Cities. 
Bir'  ming  ham,  Eng.  Mar  seilles',  Fr.     Mos'  cow,  Eussia. 
Man'  ches  ter,  Eng.  Ly'  ons,  Fr.  Con  stan  ti  no'  pie,  Ty. 

Shef  field,  Eng.        Bor  deaux',  Fr.      Na'  pies,  Italy. 
Glas'  gow,  Scot.        Ham'  burg,  Germ.  Rome,  Italy. 
Dub'  lin,  Ireland.      Bre'  men,  Germ.     Ma  drid',  Spain. 
Ed'  in  burgh,  Scot.  Bres'  lau,  Germ.     Am'  ster  dam,  Hoi. 

[bo  ro] 

198.   "Written  Exercise  in  Compounds. 

In  the  following  compound  words,  written  without  a  hyphen,  some  letters 
are  dropped.  See  if  you  can  tell  of  what  simple  words  the  compound  words 
are  made. 

al' most.  aw  fid.   ~  fulfill'.  al  read' y. 

al  ways.  careful.  Christ'  mas.  al  might  y. 

also.  cupful.  spoonful.  albeit, 

artful.  al  though' .  with  al' .  an  oth  er. 

199.   Geographical  Spelling. 

Written  Exercise. 

Cities  in  the  United  States. 

Low'  ell,  Mass.  Read'  ing,  Penn.    Port'  land,  Me. 

Memphis,  Tenn.  Co  lum  bus,  0.        Wil'  ming  ton,  Del. 

Cam  bridge,  Mass.  Pat'  er  son,  N.  J.  Law'  rence,  Mass. 

Hartford,  Conn.  To  le  do,  0.  In  di  an  ap'  o  Us,  Ind. 

Scran  ton,  Penn.  Day  ton,  0.  Kan  sas  Cit'  y,  Mo. 

U'  ti  ca,  N.  J".  Mo  bile,  Ala.         Charles'  town,  Mass. 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


200.   Yearly  Review  Lessons. 

LESSON 

I. 

Christ'  mas 

peace'  a  ble 

small'-pox 

wretch 

christ'  en 

trace'  a  ble 

em  balm' 

asked 

mort'  gage 

tea'-ket  tie 

sta'  tion  er 

squeaked 

chest'  nut 

still'  ness  t 

ben'zine 

screeched 

isth'  mus 

gaunt'  lets 

sar'  dines 

thatched 

pitch'  fork 

mus'  sels 

in  still' 

knocked 

leath'  er 

stur'  geon 

ful  fill' 

bluffed 

head'-gear 

on'  ions 

judg'  merit 

swaths 

ging'  ham 

gawk'  y 

ca  tarrh' 

splice 

giz'  zard 

badg'  er 

bu'  reau 

quack 

cha  rade' 

mea'  sles 

good-by' 

squeal 

cha  grin' 

col'  ic 

gra'  tis 

throbbed 

pa  ral'  y  sis 

bil'  ious 

ho'  sier  y 

scrubbed 

LESSON 

II. 

sng'  ar 

aw'  f  ul 

tow'  el  ing 

scratched 

broad'  cloths 

al'  ways 

of  to  mans 

crease 

hinge'  ing 

al'  most 

whoop'  ing 

shriek 

ey'  ing 

bou  quet' 

Steph'  en 

tweak 

hoe'  ing 

rou  tine' 

don'  keys 

twinge 

singe'  ing 

fail'  cets 

cas'  si  meres 

breadth 

charge'  a  ble 

cam  phene' 

di  ar  rhoe'  a 

gibe 

schol'  ars 

sap'  phire 

jour'  neys 

siege 

lath'  ing 

sir'  loin 

heif  ers 

niece 

dai'ly 

squir'  rel 

pup'  pies 

brief 

gai'  ters 

shep'  herd 

cup'  board 

scythes 

knuck'  les 

wheel'  wright 

rasp'  ber  ries 

gauge 

an'  kles 

prayer 

corn'  stalk 

freight 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


LESSON  III. 


re  ceipt' 

prai'  rie 

jui'  ci  ness 

sphere 

seiz'  ing 

pic'  nic 

la'  zi  ness 

nymph 

griev'  ous 

live'  long 

diz'  zi  ness 

knack 

rai'  sins 

guin'  ea 

lieu  ten'  ant 

wrought 

mar'  riage 

skill'  fill 

fuss'  i  ness 

whiz 

col'  lege 

tor'  toise 

at  tor'  ney 

squeeze 

knowl'  edge 

dai'  ries 

ba  na'  nas 

whack 

bod'  ice 

ba'  bies 

cin'  na  mon 

snooze 

wel'  fare 

val'  leys 

mo  las'  ses 

gouge 

seiz'  ure 

wrin'  kle 

leop'  ard 

psalm 

lei7  sure 

wretch'  ed 

os'  trich 

qualms 

weav'  er 

piece'  meal 

buz'  zard 

halves 

wee'  vil 

pierc'  ing 

pig'  eon 

tongue 

LESSON 

IT. 

rac  coon' 

pam'  phlet 

crook'  neck 

waltz 

rein'  deer 

neph'  ew 

fish'  hook 

spruce 

arc'  tic 

or'  phan 

bam  boo' 

squash 

joy'  ous 

fore'  head 

ta  boo' 

piece 

loi'  ter 

pe'  o  ny 

co  coon' 

square 

rough'  en 

lark'  spur 

wrap'  per 

gape 

gym'  nast 

lu'  pine 

syn'  tax 

croup 

jok'  ing 

ce'  dar 

syr'  inge 

swap 

spoon'  ful 

If  lac 

ci'  pher 

buzz 

live'  long 

ped'  dler 

tough'  en 

yearn 

se  duce' 

can'  dies 

e  no  ugh' 

hearth 

pro  fuse' 

tur'  nips 

un  couth' 

quiz 

seep'  ter 

los'  er 

mar'  ried 

hymn 

64 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


LESSON  V. 


dye'-wood 

swad'  die 

stud7  ied 

plough 

tres7  pass 

gor7  geous 

frig7  id 

quoit 

ral'  lied 

rou7  tine 

beau7  ty 

gnash 

bow7  sprit 

hy7  son 

glad7  den 

slice 

Tues7  day 

con  ceit7 

full'  ness 

joist 

skat7  ing 

con  dense7 

mot'  toes 

brooch 

scoun7  drel 

shriv7  el 

bris'  ties 

quaff 

Lou  i  si  an'  a 

U7tah 

Pyr7  en  ees 

scourge 

Al  a  ba7  ma 

Geor7  gia 

Col  o  ra7  do 

yew-tree 

Ne  bras'  ka 

Tex7  as 

Da  ko7  ta 

tough7  en 

Ne  va7  da 

Maine 

Ar  i  zo'  na 

lat7  i  tude 

Cal  i  for7  ni  a 

0  hi'  o 

I'daho 

Ion7  gi  tude 

LESSON  VI. 


A.M. 
P.M. 

Dr. 
Mr. 

Dep. 
Obt. 

N.  H. 

N.  Y. 

B.C. 

Cr. 

Pres. 

N.  J. 

M.  C. 
M.D. 

No. 
Hon. 

Rep. 
Serv. 

N.  C. 

N.  M. 

D.  D. 

Gov. 

Amt. 

S.  C. 

A.  D. 

Gen. 

Acct. 

D.  C. 

R.  K 

P.  O. 

Capt. 
Lieut. 

Atty. 

Mts. 

E.  I. 

0. 

LL.  D. 

Cot 

ult. 

W.  Ya. 

MS. 

Ed. 

inst. 

Mo. 

C.  O.  D. 
M. 

Maj. 
Supt. 

prox. 
P- 

Miss. 
Me. 

SECTION  II.     ft 
SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


FIRST    MONTH. 

1.  Written  Exercise. 


affin'  i  ty. 

con'  tract. 

con'  fines. 

dis  tern'  per. 

con  san  guin1  i  ty. 

col'  league. 

Urn'  its. 

du>  ty. 

an  i  mos'  i  ty. 

part1  ner. 

col'  ors. 

ob  li  ga'  tion. 

hos  til'  i  ty. 

cure. 

flag. 

like. 

a  gree1  ment. 

rem1  e  dy. 

dis  ease1. 

love. 

2.  Lesson  in  Distinguishing  Words. 

NOTE.  — In  this  lesson,  the  pairs  of  words  given  in  the  previous  lesson  are  distinguished 
in  application.    Let  the  teacher  give  out  the  word,  and  the  pupil  define. 


Affinity,  relation  by  marriage. 
Consanguinity,     relation     by 
blood. 

Animosity  between  individu- 
als. 

Hostility  between  nations  or 
states. 

Agreement,  a  verbal  arrange- 
ment. 
Contract,  a  written  agreement. 

Colleague,  an  associate  in  the 

same  office. 
Partner,   one  who    shares   in 

any  employment. 


Cure,  to  be  effected. 
Remedy,  to  be  applied. 

Confines  of  a  country. 
Limits  of  a  town. 

Colors  of  a  regiment. 
Flag  of  a  ship. 

Disease  amongst  men. 
Distemper  amongst  brutes. 

Duty,  that  which  morality  re- 
quires to  be  done. 

Obligation,  that  which  grati- 
tude requires  to  be  done. 

We  like  tomatoes. 

We  love  our  sweethearts. 


66 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


3.  A  Suffix  Lesson. 
Oral. 

Words  formed  with  suffixes  which  mean  one  who,  one  who  is,  or  one  who 
makes,  has,  practises,  or  belongs  to.     Define  as  you  spell. 


li'  ar 

watch'  man 

Chris7  tian 

ed'i  tor 

i  dler 

plough  man 

chief  tain 

re  port'  er 

act  or 

work  man 

lead  er 

trav'  el  er 

beg  gar 

trades  man 

tat  tier 

mur7  der  er 

ser  vant 

sales  man 

toil  er 

gen'  tie  man 

claim  ant 

milk  man 

squat  ter 

*     lum'  ber  man 

brag  gart 

sea  man 

med  dler 

boat'  man 

lag  gard 

sail  or 

ped  dler 

wheel'  wright 

slug  gard 

team  ster 

build  er 

ship/  wright 

dul  lard 

trick  ster 

drug  gist 

en  grav'  er 

loaf  er 

whip  ster 

art  ist 

ma  chin'  ist 

smok  er 

young  ster 

flo  rist 

mu  si/  cian 

swin  dler 

game  ster 

pi  a'  nist 

A  mer'  i  can 

forg  er 

song  ster 

bot'a  nist 

Span'  iard 

gam  bier 

whis  tier 

of  fi  cer 

Rus'  sian 

swear  er 

wres  tier 

voy  a  ger 

I  tal'  ian 

4.  A  Prefix  Lesson. 

Oral. 

The  English  prefix  a  means  on  or  in.     "When  not  accented,  it  has  the  short 
sound  of  a  in  an,  not  the  long  sound  as  in  ale. 

a  back'  a  sleep'  a  stern7  a  loft' 

a  board  a  top  a  drift  a  down 

a  side  a  foot  a  float  a  stir 

a  fire  a  head  a  thirst  a  jar 

a  field  a  ground  a  midst  a  light 

5.  A 


art'  less 
joy  less 
law  less 
harm  less 
pit'i  less 


Suffix  Lesson. 

Oral. 

Less  —  without :  fid  —  full. 

art7  ful  care'  less 

joy  ful  need  less 

law  ful  shame  less 

harm  ful  thought  less 


pit7i  ful 


hope  less 


care'  ful 
need  ful 
shame  ful 
thought  ful 
hope  ful 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


67 


6.   Definitions  of  Time-Words. 


tern'  po  ra  ry 
pri  or'  i  ty 
con  tern'  po  ra  ry 
fu  tur'  i  ty 
prim7  i  tive 
an  tiq'  ui  ty 
e  ter'  ni  ty 
chro  nom'  e  ter 
in'  ter  im 
chro  nol'  o  gy 

sue  cess'ive 
e'ra 


Lasting  for  a  limited  time  only. 
The  state  of  being  first  in  time. 
One  who  lives  at  the  same  time. 
Time  to  come. 

Belonging  to  the  earliest  times. 
Ancient  times. 

Duration,  without  beginning  or  end. 
An  instrument  for  measuring  time. 
In  the  mean  time. 

The  science  of  computing  periods  of  time  ac- 
cording to  their  dates. 
One  after  another  in  the  order  of  time. 
A  period  of  time. 


7.   Doubling  the  Last  Letter. 

RULE.  —  Words  of  more  than  one  syllable,  having  the  accent  on  the  last, 
on  taking  a  suffix,  double  the  last  consonant  when  it  follows  a  single  vowel 
Words  accented  on  other  syllables  do  not  double  the  final  consonant. 


re  mit' 

re  mit'  tance 

re  mit'  ting 

re  mit'  ted 

com  mit 

com  mit  tal 

com  mit  ting 

com  mit  ted 

ad  mit 

ad  mit  tance 

ad  mit  ting 

ad  mit  ted 

ac  quit 

ac  quit  tal 

ac  quit  ting 

ac  quit  ted 

per  mit 

per  mit  test 

per  mit  ting 

per  mit  ted 

com  pel 

com  pel  leth 

com  pel  ling 

com  pelled 

re  pel 

re  pel  leth 

re  pel  ling 

re  pelled 

ex  pel 

ex  pel  leth 

ex  pel  ling 

ex  pelled 

oc  cur 

oc  cur  rence 

oc  cur.  ring 

oc  curred 

con  cur 

con  cur  rence 

con  cur  ring 

con  curred 

re  fer 

re  fer  rer 

re  fer  ring 

re  ferred 

abet 

a  bet  tor 

a  bet  ting 

a  bet  ted 

68 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


8.  Two  "Ways  of  Spelling. 

The  derivatives  of  the  following  words  accented  on  the  first  syllable  are 
spelled  in  two  ways.  Webster's  Dictionary  gives  the  preference  to  one  I ;  but 
in  England  the  final  I  is  doubled.  Double  /  is  less  used  in  this  country. 


trav'  el 

trav'  el  er 

trav'  el  ing 

trav'  eled 

rev  el 

rev  el  er 

rev  el  ing 

rev  eled 

du  el 

du  el  ist 

du  el  ing 

du  el'  lo 

libel 

li  bel  er 

li  bel  ing 

li'beled 

lev  el 

lev  el  er 

lev  el  ing 

lev  eled 

jew  el 

jew  el  er 

jew  el  ry 

jew  eled 

mod  el 

mod  el  er 

mod  el  ing 

mod  eled 

mar  vel 

mar  vel  er 

mar  vel  ing 

mar  veled 

e  qual 

e  qual  ly 

e  qual  ing 

e  qualed 

vict  ual 

vict  ual  er 

vict  ual  ing 

vict  ualed 

mar  shal 

mar  shal  er 

mar  shal  ing 

mar  shaled 

quar  rel 

• 

quar  rel  eth. 

quar  rel  ing 

quar  reled 

9.   One 

1  or  two. 

tram7  mel 

-led   or   -ed. 

tin'  sel 

-led  or    -ed. 

em  pan'  el 

-led   or   -ed. 

pis  tol 

-led   or    -ed. 

en  am  el 

-led    or   -ed. 

par  eel 

-led   or    -ed. 

dis  hev  el 

-led   or   -ed. 

lau  rel 

-led   or    -ed. 

can'  eel 

-led   or   -ed. 

bar  rel 

-led   or    -ed. 

un  ken'  nel 

-led   or   -ed. 

car  ol 

-ling  or  -ing. 

im  per  il 

-led    or    -ed. 

cav  il 

-ling  or  -ing. 

un  rav  el 

-led    or   -ed. 

chis  el 

-ling  or  -ing. 

ri'  val 

-ling  or  -ing. 

coun  sel 

-lor    or    -or. 

shov  el 

-ling  or  -ing. 

cud  gel 

-ling  or  -ing. 

shriv  el 

-ling  or  -ing. 

driv  el 

-ling  or  -ing. 

label 

-ling  or  -ing. 

grov  el 

-ling  or  -ing. 

pen  cil 

-ling  or  -ing. 

grav  el 

-led   or    -ed. 

per  il 

-ling  or  -ing. 

gam  bol 

-led    or    -ed. 

tuu  nel 

-ling  or  -ing. 

tas  sel 

-led   or    -ed. 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 

10.   Oral  Spelling. 

Things  which  bind  or  connect. 


69 


thread 

thong 

cord7  age         las7  so              fil/  a  ment 

twine 

screw 

haws  er          latch  et            lig  a  ment 

strings 

hinge 

tack  le            shack  le           lig  a  ture 

twist 

glue 

tra  ces            mor  tar            sur  cin  gle 

noose 

paste 

gird  er            stuc  co             fast  en  ing 

braid 

i'ron 

hal  ter            cem  ent           pack  thread 

11.   Latin 

Words  in  Common  Use. 

sta7  tus 

=   standing. 

max7  i  mum  =  greatest. 

stra7  ta 

=  layers. 

min7  i  mum    =  smallest. 

da7  ta 

=  facts. 

ad  den'dum  =  something  added. 

quo'  ta 

=  share. 

in  stan7  ter     =  instantly. 

die7  turn 

=  assertion. 

An7  gli  ce       =  in  English. 

gra7  tis 

=  free. 

ver  ba7  tim     =  word  for  word. 

er  ra7  ta 

=  errors. 

lit  er  a7  tim    =  letter  for  letter. 

a7  li  as 

=  otherwise. 

se  ri  a7  tim     =  in  regular  order. 

12.   How  Verbs  are  formed. 

The  English  prefix  en  means  to  make,  or  to  put  in.     It  also  means  in  or 
into,  and  the  Latin  prefix  in  or  im  means  the  same. 


en  camp7 

en  joy7 

en  trap7 

in  snare' 

en  dear 

en  cour7  age 

en  twine 

em  balm 

en  a7  ble 

en  rapt  ure 

en  fold 

en  join 

en  fee  ble 

en  ti  tie 

en  force 

en  liv7  en 

en  no  ble 

en  ven  om 

en  chain 

en  list7 

en  rich' 

im  bit  ter 

en  close 

en  tan7  gle 

en  slave 

em  bit  ter 

in  close 

en  roll7 

en  large 

im  per  il 

en  graft 

en  shrine 

en  act 

im  pan  el 

in  graft 

en  tomb 

en  rage 

em  bat  tie 

in  wrought 

en  wrap 

en  dan7  ger 

em  bo  som 

in'  born 

im  plant 

em  pow  er 

en  cir  cle 

in  crust' 

im  part 

em  bod  y 

en  kin  die 

in  trust 

im  press 

em  bold  en 

en  fran  chise 

en  trust 

im  pris7  on 

70 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


13.   Words  relating  to  Abstract  Number. 


fig'  lire 

nu'  mer  al 

ad  di'  tion 

al'  ge  bra 

ci  plier 

mul  ti  pie 

sub  trac  tion 

reck  on  ing 

sym  bol 

div  i  dend 

di  vis  ion 

a  rith'  me  tic 

dig  it 

dec  i  raal 

re  due  tion 

cal  cu  la'  tion 

prod  net 

frac  tion  al 

no  ta  tion 

com  pu  ta  tion 

fac  tor 

in  tc  gral 

nu  mer  a7  tion 

mul  ti  pli  ca'  tion 

14.   French  Words  in  Common  Use. 


eclat 

depot 

bouquet 

entrepot 

sobriquet 

expose 

elite 


(a  cla'), 

(da  po':  Eng.  de' po), 

(boo  ka'), 

(an  tre  po'), 

(sob  re  ka), 

(ex  p5  za'), 

(a  leet'), 

(per  son  nel7), 


brilliance, 
a  station, 
bunch  of  flowers, 
place  for  storing  goods, 
nickname. 

exposure,  exposition, 
the  flower,  the  chosen, 
personal  characteristics. 


15.   Negation.  —  Reversion. 

The  negative  prefix  dis,  joined  to  verbs,  means  off,  or  to  deprive  of,  or  to 
reverse  the  action  of  the:  verb  ;  joined  to  adjectives,  it  means  not. 
Verbs. 

dis  lodge' 
dis  mount 
dis  place 
dis  own 
dis  band 
dis  arm 
dis  please 
dis  like 
dis  grace 
dis  a  gree' 
dis  in  ter 
dis  in  feet 


dis  o  bey 
dis  u  nite 


Verbs. 

dis  sev'  er 
dis  pir  it 
dis  cour  age 
dis  mem  ber 
dis  fig  ure 
dis  qui  et 
dis  hon  or 
dis  heart  en 
dis  a  vow' 
dis  af  feet 
dis  cred'  it 
dis  trust' 
dis  con  tin'  11 
dis  an  nul' 


Adjectives. 

dis  used' 
dis  trust'  ed 
dis  joined' 
dis  col'  ored 
dis  sat'  is  fied 
dis  in  clined/ 
dis  en  chant'  ed 
dis  hon'est 
dis  u  nit'  ed 
dis  a'  bled 
dis  closed' 
dis  mount'  ed 


dis  sim'  i  lar 
dis  loy'  al 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


71 


ter  res'  tri  al 
ge  og'  ra  phy 
sub  ter  ra'  ne  an 
earth'  quake 
pla  teau/ 
ter'  race 
lat'  i  tude 

ge  oF  o  gy 
ter  ra'  que  ous 


16.   Relating  to  the  Earth. 

Oral  Exercise. 

Belonging  to  the  earth. 

A  description  of  the  earth. 

Lying  under  the  earth. 

A  convulsion  of  the  earth. 

An  elevated  plain. 

A  raised  bank  of  earth. 

Distance  on  the  earth  from  the  equator  to  the 

North  or  South  pole. 
The  science  which  treats  of  the  structure  of 

the  earth. 
Composed  of  land  and  water. 


17.    Negative  Prefixes. 


Joined  to 

verbs,  and  forming  other  verbs,  they  mean  oj 

f,  or  to  deprive  of, 

or  they  reverse  the  action  ;  joined  to 

adjectives,  they  mean 

not. 

un  wind7 

for  bear7 

in  ac'  tive 

in  di  rect' 

un  bind 

for  bid 

in  con  stant 

in  com  plete 

un  fold 

fore  go 

in  for  mal 

in  dis  creet 

un  furl 

fore  fend 

in  de  cent 

in  dis  tinct 

un  hinge 

for  swear 

im  prop  er 

in  sin  cere 

un  twine 

for  give 

im  pru  dent 

un  de  served 

un  seat 

for  get 

im  per  feet 

un  de  fined 

un  nerve 

for  sake 

im  pa  tient 

un  hon'  oral 

un  veil 

un  coil 

in  hu  man 

un  tu  tored 

un  say 

un  bar 

un  a  ble 

un  aid  ed 

un  lock 

un  buck'  le 

un  sta  ble 

un  bought' 

un  make 

un  bur  den 

un  civ  il 

un  stead'  y 

with  stand 

un  chain' 

un  luck  y 

un  done' 

with  draw 

un  clasp 

nei'  ther 

un  read 

with  hold 

un  do 

nev  er 

un  versed 

gain  say 

un  dress 

none 

un  kempt 

SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


18.   Compound  Words. 

Written  without  a  hyphen. 


back'  bite 

down'  right       no'  where             t] 

brow  beat 

up  right             yes  ter  day          h 

way  lay 

fort  night          o  ver  done           tl 

ful  fill' 

boat  man           un  der  done        h 

white7  wash 

Christ  mas        pick  pock  et        tl 

home  spun 

earth  quake       peace  mak  er       n 

fore  tell' 

some  times        tale  bear  er          n 

side'  ways 

al  ways              ship  build  er       al 

side  wise 

now  a  days       black  smith         al 

length  ways 

oth  er  wise        wheel  wright       al 

length  wise 

break  fast          there  a  bout        a 

god  send 

an'  y  how          more  o'  ver          al 

god  like 

an'  y  where       here  af  ter           al 

god  head 

an'  y  bod  y        hence  for  ward    b; 

19.   Oral  Spelling. 

lob'  ster 

god'  fa  ther                    warmth 

is  land 

step-moth  er                  sleet 

light  ning 

fa  ther-in-law                loam 

thun  der 

son-in-law                     heath 

ad  der 

daugh  ter-in-law           yew 

hor  net 

step-fa  ther                    elm 

bee  tie 

grooms'  man                  i'  vy 

bus  tie 

bride  groom                  stock 

sad  die 

weath  er                        wart 

bri  die 

sick  le                           roe 

stir  rup 

knight                            stork 

hal  ter 

weap'  on                         snipe 

fod  der 

wel  kin                          eel 

hon  ey 

bram  ble                        flea 

tal  low 

bios  som                        beak 

thence'  forth 
hence  forth 
thence  forward 
hith'er  ward 
thith  cr  ward 
nev  er  the  less7 
not  with  stand'  in<>- 
aft'er  wards 
aft  er  clap 
aft  er  thought 
a  fore'  said 
al  to  geth'  er 
al  though' 
back  slide 


fleece 

wain 

hose 

helm 

shire 

folks 

wren 

moth 

wasp 

sprout 

flail 

yoke 

sleeve 

spear 

queen 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


73 


(With 

heart'-break  ing 
truth -tell  ing 
all-see'  ing 
moth'-eat  en 
woe-be  gone 
well-bred 
ox-eyed 
shame-faced 
long-head  ed 
four-sid  ed 
far-fetched 
well-meant 


20.   Compound  "Words. 

a  hyphen.) 

spir'  it-stir  ring 
li  on-heart  ed 
high-wrought 
a  ble-bod  ied 
so  ber-mind  ed 
o  ver-charged 
blunt-wit  ted 
half-wit  ted 
bra  zen-faced 
air-tight 
air-pipe 
heav  en-born 


(Without.) 

back  slide' 
bare'  faced 
bare'  head  ed 
black'  leg 
black  guard 
blame'  wor  thy 
blun  der  buss 
grey'  hound 
bread  stuffs 
hard  ware 
bride  groom 
breast  plate 


SECOND    MONTH. 

21.  The  English  Prefix  be. 

The  prefix  be  means  to  make.  It  is  called  intensive  because  it  makes 
stronger  the  meaning  of  the  word  to  which  it  is  joined.  It  makes  transitive 
verbs  out  of  intransitive  verbs. 

be  calm' 
be  cloud 
be  moan 
be  dim 
be  fit 
be  fall 


be  friend' 

be  stir' 

be  grudge 
be  witch 

be  take 
be  lie 

be  seem 

be  numb 

be  think 
be  ware 

be  grime 
be  stow 

be  wail' 
be  speak 
be  fool 
be  daub 
be  rate 
be  smear 


22.  The  English  Prefixes  fore  and  mis. 

Fore  =  beforehand  or  before ;  mis  =  wrong  or  wrongly. 


fore  see' 
fore  tell 
fore  warn 
fore  show 
fore  stall 
fore  close 


fore'  sail 

mis  call' 

mis  lay' 

fore  deck 

mis  date 

mis  lead 

fore  lock 

mis  chance 

mis  take 

fore  man 

mis  deal 

mis  print 

fore  thought 

mis  spend 

mis  step 

fore  head 

mis  quote 

mis  deal 

4 

74  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

23.   Nouns  meaning  state  of  being. 

The  English  suffixes  th,  hood,  dom,  ship,  ery,  and  ness  mean  state  of  being. 
With  the  suffix  ness,  about  thirteen  hundred  derivatives  are  formed. 


truth 

man'  hood 

false'  hood 

white'  ness 

strength 

worn  an  hood 

live  li  hood 

deaf  ness 

length 

child  hood 

like  li  hood 

bus  i  ness 

breadth 

ba  by  hood 

hard  i  hood 

heav  i  ness 

width 

boy  hood 

friend  ship 

weight  i  ness 

health 

girl  hood 

heir  ship 

clean  li  ness 

youth 

wife  hood 

re  la'  tion  ship 

sau  ci  ness 

warmth 

moth  er  hood 

ap  pren  tice  ship 

la  zi  ness 

depth 

fa  ther  hood 

thrall  dom 

kind  ness 

height 

broth  er  hood 

serf  dom 

knight  hood 

wealth 

sis  ter  hood 

free  dom 

pro  fess'  or  ship 

sloth 

maid  en  hood 

wis  dom 

slav'  ery 

stealth 

wid  ow  hood 

mar  tyr  dom 

tough  nesb 

dearth 

bach  e  lor  hood 

Chris  ten  dom 

fierce  ness 

24.   Adjectives  meaning  having  the  quality  oj 

The  English  suffixes  ish,  ed,  some,  like,  en,  ly,  and  y,  mean  like,  *    faving 


the  quality  of. 

slav'  ish 

wea'  ri  some 

fiend'  like 

love'  ly 

clown  ish 

wor  ri  some 

la  dy  like 

wa  ter  y 

brack  ish 

met  tic  some 

life  like 

live  ly 

fool  ish 

vent  ure  some 

child  like 

sug  ar  y 

girl  ish 

troub  le  some 

death  like 

death  ly 

child  ish 

med  die  some 

ghost  like 

ghost  ly 

fiend  ish 

whole  some 

god  like 

godly 

wretch  ed 

lone  some 

man  like 

man  ly 

dog  ged 

loath  some 

war  like 

sil  ver  j 

rag  ged 

toil  some 

ash  en 

clay  ey 

crook  ed 

tire  some 

flax  en 

silky 

learn  ed 

glad  some 

gold  en 

air  y 

ug  li  est 

hand  some 

drunk  en 

moss  y 

might  i  est 

win  some 

silk  en 

jui  cy 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


75 


25.  How  Adjectives  are  formed. 

En  —  made  of:  ish  is  often  used  iu  contemptuous  epithets. 

beech'  en 

knave 

knav'  ish                  four 

fourth 

birch  en 

swine 

swin  ish                   five 

fifth 

oak  en 

hog 

hog  gish                  twelve 

twelfth 

wood  en 

fool 

fool  ish                   fif  ;  teen 

fif7  teenth 

wool  en 

fiend 

fiend  ish                  two 

twen  ty 

lead  en 

thief 

thiev  ish                  south 

south  ern 

hemp  en 

shrew 

shrew  ish                 north 

north  ward 

wax  en 

blithe 

blithe  some             west 

west  ward 

earth  en 

hand 

hand  some              east 

east  er  ly 

oat  en 

tooth 

tooth  some              stub 

stub  born 

wheat  en 

fore 

fore  most                ten 

ten  fold 

bra  zen 

hind 

hind  most               hate 

hate  ful 

brass  y 

up7  pei- 

up  per  most            home 

home  ward 

ink  y 

top 

top  most                 home 

home  sick 

26.   How 

Adverbs  are  formed. 

RULE.  —  Most  adverbs  are  formed  by  adding  ly  to  adjectives, 

Other  end- 

ings  of  adverbs  are  ways,  wise, 

wards,  and  ward. 

no'  ble 

no7  bly 

end          end7  ways 

foul'ly 

able 

ably 

end         end  wise 

gloom  i  ly 

four 

fourth  ly 

cross       cross  ways 

nois  i  ly 

five 

fifth  ly 

cross       cross  wise 

sleep  i  ly 

fee  ble 

fee  bly 

length     length  ways 

bus  i  ly 

peace 

peace  a  bly 

length     length  wise 

right  ly 

scarce 

scarce  ly 

side         side  ways 

blithe  ly 

eas  y 

eas  i  ly 

side         side  wise 

might  i  ly 

sin  gle 

sin  gly 

edge        edge  ways 

strange  ly 

doub  le 

doub  ly 

edge        edge  wise 

harsh  ly 

loose 

loose  ly 

like         like  wise 

hum  bly 

back  * 

back  wards 

some       some  what 

plain  ly 

fore 

for  wards 

aft/  er      aft  er  ward 

friend  ly 

sea 

sea  ward 

down       down  ward 

heav  i  ly 

76 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


27.   A  Lesson  in  Derivation. 

Nouns  and  verbs  formed  by  suffixes  aud  changes  in  spelling. 


laugh    . 

laugh'  ter 

found'  ry              cruml) 

crum7  ble 

slay 

slaugh  ter 

smith  y                wry 

wrig  gle 

spin 

spin  die 

nurs  er  y              weak 

weak  en 

thumb 

thim  ble 

rook  er  y             wade 

wad  die 

shoot 

shut  tie 

writ  ing               whim 

whim  per 

wind 

win  dow 

draw  ing              wave 

wa  ver 

shade 

shad  ow 

cleans  ing            soil 

sul  ly 

shove 

shov  el 

wed  ding             sway 

swag  ger 

hire 

hire  ling 

paint  ing              spit 

sput  ter 

steal 

stealth 

din  ner                beat 

bat  ter 

dry 

drought 

sup  per                 heave 

heav  en 

dear 

dearth 

build  ing              burn 

bur  nish 

weal 

wealth 

break  er               flow  er 

flour  ish 

28 

,   Diminutives. 

The  suffixes  ling,  ie, 

kin,  le,  let,  et,  and  ow,  mean 

little. 

man 

man'  i  kin 

close         clos'  et 

lamb'kin 

goose 

gos  ling 

shade        shad  ow 

lord  ling 

dear 

dar  ling 

mead         mead  ow 

strip  ling 

pipe 

pip  kin 

pile           pil  low 

year  ling 

hill 

hil  lock 

shoal         shal  low 

duck  ling 

bull 

bul  lock 

hole          hoi  low 

fledge  ling 

sack 

satch  el 

hack          hatch  et 

found  ling 

nose 

noz  zle 

dame         dam  sel 

first  ling 

seed 

seed  ling 

cat            kit  ten 

suck  ling 

latch 

latch  et 

babe          ba  by 

eye  let 

flow  er 

flow  er  et 

lass           las  sie 

ring  let 

cask 

cask  et 

lad            lad  die 

stream  let 

creep 

crip  pie 

ball           bul  let 

isl  et 

cramp 

crum  pie 

riv'  er        riv  u  let 

crotch  et 

home 

ham  let 

mall          mal  let 

king  ling 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


77 


29.   A  Lesson  in  distinguishing  Words. 


Fault  in  his  conduct. 
De  feet7  in  his  education. 

Glo'  ry  to  the  Divine  Being. 
Hon/  or  to  great  and  good  men. 

Mur'  der  is  applied  to  men. 
Slaugh'  ter  is  applied  to  brutes 
and  men  in  large  numbers. 

Pros  per'  i  ty  results  from  good 

management. 
Good  •  for'  tune     arises    from 

chance. 


Re  venge'.    Man  takes  revenge. 
Vengeance,     God  takes  ven- 
geance. 

Great  man. 
Large  field. 

II  leg'  i  ble  because  indistinct, 

—  as  writing. 
Tin  read'  a  ble  because  bad  or 

worthless,  — as  a  book. 

Par'  tial  to  a  friend. 
De  vot'  ed  to  a  cause. 


30.   French  Words  in  Common  Use. 

The  French  nasal  sound  of  n  is  denoted  by  the  letter  in  a  larger  type.    This 
sound  must  be  taught  by  the  teacher;  it  cannot  be  represented  by  letters. 


protege 

canaille 

connoisseur 

cuisine 

trousseau 

soiree 

crochet 

employe 

contretemps 

coterie 

abandon 

nonchalance 

rendezvous 


(rez  u  ma7), 
(pro  ta  zhaO, 
(can  aye'), 
(con  i  serO, 
(kwe  zeen'), 
(troo  s50, 
(swor  ra'), 
(cro  shaO, 
(en  ploy  a'), 
(con  tra  tan), 
(co'  te  ree), 
(a  ban  don'), 
(non  sha  lance'), 
(ran  da  ¥00^, 


summing  up. 
one  protected, 
the  rabble, 
a  critic  in  art. 
a  kitchen, 
wedding  outfit, 
evening  party, 
to  knit  with  a  hook, 
one  employed, 
a  ludicrous  mishap, 
private  circle, 
freedom,  negligence, 
carelessness, 
place  of  meeting. 


78  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


31.    Words  relating  to  Mountains  and  Rivers. 

moun7  tain  ous  Pull  of  mountains. 

moim  tain  eer7  An  inhabitant  of  a  mountain  country. 

vol  ca7  no  A  burning  mountain. 

al'  pine  Mountainous,  like  the  Alps. 

riv7  U  let  A  small  river. 

chan7  nel  The  bed  of  a  river. 

con7  flu  ence  The  junction  of  two  or  more  rivers. 

ba7  sin  The  entire  tract  of  country  watered  by  a  river. 

wa7  ter-shed  A  range  of  high  land  from  which  rivers  flow 

in  different  directions. 

hip  po  pot7  a  mus  The  river-horse. 

32.  How  Words  are  formed. 

The  meaning  of  some  words  is  changed  by  a  change  of  accent,  or  by  a  slight 
variation  in  spelling. 

di7  vers  di  verse7  bal7  sam  balm 

con  jure  con  jure  nigh  est  next 

an  tic  an  tique  po7  e  sy  po7  sy 

hu  man  hu  mane  et  i  quette'  tick7  et 

ur  ban  ur  bane  cro'  ny  crone 

gen  tie  gen  teel  corpse  corps 

cus  torn  cos7  tume  ghost7  ly  ghast7  ly 


33.  Another  Lesson  in  Word  Formation. 

es7  say  as  say7  per7  son  par7  son 

nour  isli  nurse  can  cer  can  ker 

bios  som  bloom  zeal  ous  jeal  ous 

tri  umph  trump  con  sort  con  cert 

hap  pi  ly  hap7  ly  shat  ter  scat  ter 

shal  lop  sloop  chat  tel  cat  tie 

sir'  up  shrub  poth  er  both  er 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


79 


34.   Latin  Words  and  Phrases. 


pei'  di'  em     -=  by  the  day.  pro  et  con.        =  for  and  against. 

per  an1  num  =  by  the  year.  pro  for'  ma       =  in  a  formal  way. 

per  se          =  by  itself.  pro  tern'  po  re  =  for  the  time. 

per  cen'tum  =  by  the  hundred,  post  mor'  tern    =  after  death. 

per  cap1  i  id  =  by  the  head.  post  scrip'  turn  =  written  after. 

pro  rd'  id     =  in  proportion.  pri1  md  fa'  ci  e  =  on  the  face. 


35.   A  Lesson  in  distinguishing  Words. 


Pret'  ty  cottage. 
Hand'  some  house. 
Splen'  did  mansion. 

Re  nowned'  in  history  for  great 
achievements. 

Cel'  e  brat  ed  for  his  good  ac- 
tions. 

No  to7  ri  ous  for  his  bad  ac- 
tions. 

Vain  of  accomplishments. 
Proud  of  superiority. 


Choked  by  food. 
Suf '  fo  cat  ed  by  foul  air. 
Smoth'  ered  by  being  forcibly 
excluded  from  the  air. 

As  ton'  ished  at  what  is  great. 
Sur  prised'   at   what   is    unex- 
pected. 

We  dif  fer  about  a  matter. 
We  dis  pute'  about  it  after  dif- 
fering. 
We  quar'  rel  after  disputing. 


36.  French  Words  and  Phrases. 


In  French  words  the  final  t  is  silent 

debut  (da  bu), 

bon-mot  (bon  mo'), 

on  dit  (on  de'), 

petit  (pe  tee'), 

ragout  (ra  goo'), 

corps  (core), 

entre  nous  (antr  ndo'), 

a  la  mode  (al  a  mode),  in  fashion. 


the  first  appearance, 
a  witty  saying,  —  a  pun. 
a  rumor,  —  a  report, 
small,  as  a  petit  jury, 
stewed  meats, 
part  of  an  army, 
between  us. 


80 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


37.   Words  of  Difficult  Terminations. 


Accented  on  the  first  syllable. 


ag'  ate 

brit'  tie 

bil'  ious 

crim'  son 

an  gle 

bris  tie 

cab  in 

chis  el 

an  gel 

bur  den 

can  on 

cen  sure 

ac  tor 

big  ot 

cir  cle 

cot  ton 

a  ere 

bra  zen 

cam  el 

cred  it 

ar  dor 

bar  ren 

cas  tie 

cor  dial 

an  cient 

bea  con 

cas  tor 

cult  ure 

al  ien 

beck  on 

cheap  en 

Christ  ian 

baffle 

but  ton 

clam  or 

con  science 

bun  die 

bra  zier 

era  ven 

court  ier 

bar  rel 

bas  tion 

cot  tage 

con  scious 

bee  tie 

brill  iant 

char  ter 

cap  tious 

bush  el 

bull  ion 

chap  el 

cau  tious 

beg  gar 

bins  ter 

cack  le 

cur  tain 

bar  ter 

bond  age 

can  eel 

cym  bal 

38.   "Words  relating  to  Water. 

0'  cean  The  largest  division  of  water. 

lake  Water  surrounded  by  land. 

a  quat'ic  Pertaining  to  water;  as,  aquatic  animals. 

res'  er  voir       A  place  where  water  is  collected  and  kept  for  use. 

ir'  ri  gate         To  water  land  by  causing  a  stream  to  flow  over  it. 

in  un  da'  tion  An  overflow  of  water,  a  flood. 

stag  na'  tion    The  state  of  water  or  other  fluid  being  without 

motion. 
aq'  lie  duct       A  structure  made  for  carrying  water  over  uneven 

ground. 

sluice  A  vent  for  water,  a  flood-gate. 

hy  drom'  e  ter  An  instrument  for  measuring  the  velocity,  force, 

etc.,  of  water  and  other  fluids. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


81 


39.   Old  British  Words. 


NOTE.  —  These  words  have  come  down 
British  Islands  before  the  German  tribes 
went  to  Britain,  in  the  fifth  century  A.  D. 


to  us  from  the  Celtic  language,  spoken  in  the 
who  laid  the  foundation  of  the  English  nation 


bas'  ket 

cab/  in                 bag               crag 

paw 

both  er 

pig  gin               bald             crock 

nod 

bar  rack 

pil  low                bard             darn 

loop 

bog  gle 

sol  der                beak             dale 

plaid 

bau  ble 

tack  le                beast            bran 

pour 

bon  fire 

tank  ard             bog              bourn 

slab 

bat  ten 

rash  er               bug              dirk 

sham 

but  ton 

flan  nel               brand           glen 

squall 

era  die 

hov  er                 clan              gown 

toss 

dain  ty 

min  now             clog              hog 

toll 

dan  draff 

tar  ry                 cloy              kiln 

tuck 

pi  broch 

tin  gle                coil              jolt 

waist 

clay  more 

wan  ton              curd             mug 

welt 

sham  rock 

wick  et               club              lick 

wire 

40.  Words  relating  to  Time. 

Written  Exercise. 

morn'  ing. 

day'  break.             re1  cent. 

prompt'  ness. 

e1  ven  ing. 

nightfall.              nov  el. 

read  i  ness. 

fore1  noon. 

noon  day.               mod  ern. 

quick  ness. 

twi  light. 

mid  night.              an  dent. 

tar  di  ness. 

sun  rise. 

noon  tide.               an  tique1 

slow  ness. 

sun  set. 

curfew.                prim'  i  tive. 

late  ness. 

41.  Names  of  Flowers. 

Written  Exercise. 

daf'fo  dil. 

ca  mel'  lia. 

cac'  tus. 

mar'  i  gold. 

pe  tu1  ni  a. 

dah'  li  a. 

hyf  a  cinth. 

ver  bef  na. 

fuch'  si  a. 

col1  urn  bine. 

nas  tur'  tium. 

ge  ra'  ni  um. 

he'  li  o  trope. 

car  na'  tion. 

mign  o  netted 

sun'  flow  er. 

dan'  de  li  on. 

gil'  lyjlow  er. 

82 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


THIRD    MONTH. 

42.   Changes  in  Words. 


sire 

sir 

brood 

brat 

sweep 

swoop 

suite 

suit 

hurl 

whirl 

wrest 

wrist 

launch 

lance 

school 

shoal 

gad 

goad 

weal 

wealth 

creak 

croak 

spike 

spoke 

phi7  al 

vi'al 

float 

fleet 

snake 

sneak 

thrice 

trice 

sleek 

slick 

deal 

dole 

chant 

cant 

shine 

sheen 

truth 

troth 

thrill 

trill 

pique 

pike 

quail 

quell 

price 

prize 

spear 

spire 

loose 

lose 

dyke 

ditch 

bliss 

bless 

tenth 

tithe 

heal 

whole 

hood 

hat 

shirt 

skirt 

milk 

milch 

e'vil 

ill 

swal7  low    swill 

lace 

latch 

drop 

drip 

val  et 

var7  let 

stick 

stitch 

wag7  on 

wain 

bea  con      beck  on 

43.   Words  of 

French  Origin. 

Written 

Exercise. 

har'ass. 

med'  ley. 

pup'  pet. 

re  view'. 

haz  ard. 

me  ni  al. 

pur  port. 

refresh. 

ha  ugh  ty. 

mes  sage. 

pur  pose. 

re  mark. 

hum  ble. 

mis  chief. 

quit  tance. 

re  lease. 

hei  nous. 

man  age. 

rap  id. 

re  peat. 

in  voice. 

nur  ture. 

rab  ble. 

re  sort. 

J-s  sue. 

nour  ish. 

ram  part. 

re  suit. 

jan  gle. 

prof  it. 

ran  som. 

re  volt. 

jar  gon. 

proffer. 

res  pite. 

re  trench. 

levy. 

pam  per. 

ral  ly. 

re  treat. 

lit  ter. 

pilfer. 

rea  son. 

re  trieve. 

lei  sure. 

peas  ant. 

rev  el. 

re  gard. 

league. 

pleas  ant. 

rel  ish. 

re  ward. 

main  tain'. 

poig  nant. 

re  but' 

re  buff. 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


83 


44.   Words  relating  to  the  Horse. 

e  ques'  trian      Pertaining  to  horses  or  horsemanship ;  as  eques- 
trian feats. 
Belonging   to   the   horse   tribe;    as   the   equine 

species. 

One  who  shoes  horses ;  one  who  cures  the  dis- 
eases of  horses. 

One  who  rides  a  horse  in  a  race ;  a  horse-dealer. 
A  horse  for  parade  or  war ;  a  poetical  name  for  a 

horse. 

Two  or  more  horses  yoked  together. 

Bu  ceph'  a  lus  The  famous  horse  of  Alexander  the  Great ;  so 
named  because  its  head  resembled  that  of  an 
ox. 

hob  by-horse     A  wooden  horse  on  which  children  ride. 
cav  al  cade'      A  procession  on  horseback. 
hip7  po  drome   A  course  for  horse-races. 


e'  qume 
far'  rier 

jock'  ey 
steed 

team 


45.   Words  of 

French  Origin. 

Written 

Exercise. 

sal'  ly. 

treat'  y. 

ar1  mor. 

ar  rest1. 

sea  son. 

toe  sin. 

ban  ner. 

as  size. 

surfeit. 

trem  ble. 

bar  on. 

es  tate. 

sur  vey. 

troub  le. 

buck  ler. 

es  quire. 

sup  pie. 

um  pire. 

dow  er. 

as  mult. 

sav  age. 

um  brage. 

curfew. 

for1  est. 

mm  mer. 

vague. 

her  aid. 

horn  age. 

stran  ger. 

val  or. 

en  voy. 

trum  pet. 

tal  ly. 

va  cant. 

jus  tice. 

ten  ant. 

tin  sel. 

val  ue. 

sen  tence. 

vas  sal. 

ten  der. 

val  iant. 

stat  ute. 

voy  age. 

tor  ment. 

van  quish. 

sure  ty. 

war  den. 

trea  son. 

va  grant. 

coup  le. 

quar  ry. 

tran  quil. 

ven  geance. 

cov  ert. 

ven1  i  son. 

84  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


46.   Words  relating  to  Books. 

Bi/  ble  The  Book,  by  way  of  eminence. 

Pen7  ta  teuch  The  first  five  books  of  the  Bible. 

al'  bum  A  book  for  inserting  autographs  or  photographs. 

di'  a  ry  A  book  containing  every-day  events. 

OC  ta7  VO  A   book  in  which  a  sheet   is  folded  into   eight 

leaves. 

quar'  to  A  book  in  which  a  sheet  is  folded  into  four  leaves. 

fo7  li  0  A  book  of  the  largest  size,  formed  by  once  folding 

•   a  sheet. 

Ko'  ran  The  Mohammedan's  book  of  faith,  or  his  Bible. 

lib'  ra  ry          A  collection  of  books. 

book-worm       A  name  sometimes  given  to  a  person  who  is  very 
fond  of  books. 


47.  Partially  Anglicized  French  Words. 

NOTE.  —  Some  of  these  words  are  fully  Anglicized  in  pronunciation ;  others  retain  the 

French  spelling  and  accent.    The  teacher  must  give  to  the  class  the  correct  pronunciation. 

clique                  ca  nard'  pres'  tige  qua  drille' 

brusque               re  gime  prai  rie  bru  nette 

blonde                 de  tour  bu  reau  co  quette 

forte                     cro  chet  de  pot  vign  ette 

role                      cro  quet  fra  cas  gri  mace 

bla  se7                  chi  cane  chign  on  che  mise 

pas  se                  cha  grin  pick  et  ro  sette 

rou  e                   pla  teau  foi  ble  phy  sique 

cou  pe                 de  bris  biv  ouac  par  quette 

ou  tre                  des  sert  et  i  quette  ta7  pis 

me  lee                 hau  teur  om  e  let  pat  ois' 

en  tree                 fi  nesse  par  ve  nu  gla'  cier 

va  lise                  cor  tege  bad  i  nage  per  son  nel' 

sa  vant                mi  rage  mill  ion  aire'  es  cri  toire 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


85 


48.    Words  derived  from  Various  Languages. 


Hebrew. 

Persian. 

Hindoo. 

Chinese. 

sab7  bath 

az7  ure 

loot 

tea 

ser  aph 

tur  ban 

chintz 

junk 

a  men' 

li  lac 

cool7  ie 

chi/  na 

ju7  bi  lee 

der  vish 

jun  gle 

sat  in 

bo  san7  na 

chess 

mus  lin 

hy  son 

hal  le  lu'jah 

car7  a  van 

sug  ar 

bo  hea7 

le  vi7  a  than 

jas  mine 

tod  dy 

sou  chong 

shib7  bo  leth 

ba  zaar7 

cal  i  co 

nan  keen 

49.  From  the  American  Indian  Languages. 

Indian  Names. 


maize 

gua'  no 

Mis  sis  sip7  pi 

0  hi7  o 

squaw 

ca  tal7  pa 

Mas  sa  chu  setts 

Da  ko  ta 

skunk 

to  ma  to 

Yo  sem7  i  te 

Mer7  ri  mac 

sa7  chem 

horn7  i  ny 

Ni  ag  a  ra 

Min  ne  so7  ta 

wig  warn 

choc  o  late 

On  ta  ri  o 

0  ri  no  co 

warn  pum 

moc  ca  sin 

Am7  a  zon 

Sar'  a  nac 

pa  poose7 

torn  a  hawk 

Con  nect7  i  cut 

Ten  nes  see7 

to  bac7  co 

tap  i  o7  ca 

Mis  sou  ri 

Ken  ne  bee 

50.   Words  from  the  Italian. 

pi  az7  za  mac  a  ro7  ni 

pro  vi  so  laz  za  ro  ni 

re  gat  ta  ver  mi  eel  li 

si  roc  co  man  i  fest  o 

vol  ca  no  mez7  zo  tint 

um  brel  la  mot  to 

so  pra  no  grot  to 

sti  let  to  stan  za 

fi  as  co  dit  to 

ven  det  ta  la  va 

dom7  i  no  can  to 

stuc  co  gus  to 


im  brogl7  io 
in  flu  en7  za 
ma  la7  ri  a 
fres7  co 
so  lo 
al  to 
bas  so 
op7  e  ra 
cu  po  la 
stu  di  o 
por  ti  co 
vis7  ta 


86 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


51.   Words  from  Romance  Languages. 


big7  ot 

mon7  grel 

a  skance7 

trom  bone7 

brig  and 

par  lor 

a  lert 

ve  dette 

bra  vo 

nap  kin 

a  vast 

car  toon 

sea  son 

pig  eon 

bas  soon 

la  goon 

cap  tain 

pis  tol 

bro  cade 

gen7  er  al 

car  riage 

pil  grim 

bur  lesque 

cit  a  del 

cas  tie 

pro  file 

gro  tesque 

ped  es  tal 

coz  en 

cous  in 

ga  zette 

por  cu  pine 

cur  ry 

niece 

bou  quet 

ar  te  ry 

cut  lass 

ten7  or 

dis  patch 

of  fi  cer 

gran  ite 

peo  pie 

can  teen 

par  a  sol 

flow  er 

treat  y 

con  ceit. 

dom  i  no 

in  voice 

may  or 

con  cert 

bal  co  ny 

lus  cious 

pal  ace 

cas  cade 

cam  e  o 

52.   Words  derived  from  the  Spanish. 

car7  go 

gran  dee' 

em  bar7  go 

bra  va'  do 

cor  sair 

pa  rade 

em  bar  rass 

du  en  na 

ere  ole 

stam  pede 

mo  las  ses 

des  per  a7  do 

ne  gro 

gre  nade 

mu  lat  to 

El  Do  ra  do 

jun  to 

pam'  phlet 

tor  na  do 

pec  ca  dil  lo 

sher  ry 

jave  lin 

po  ta  to 

sar  sa  pa  ril7  1* 

gala 

bat  tie  door 

ve  ran  da 

bar  ri  cade7 

so  da 

cas  ta  nets 

va  nil  la 

par  o  quet 

pla  za 

coch  i  neal 

punc  til  i  o 

al7  li  ga  tor 

gua  va 

can  ni  bal 

mos  qui  to 

fil  i  bus  ter 

al  cove 

buf  fa  lo 

gue  ril  la 

si  er7  ra 

cigar7 

sas  sa  fras 

me  ri  no 

plat'  i  na 

segar 

qui  nine 

flo  til  la 

Sa  van7  nah 

gar  rote 

in  di  go 

fan  dan  go 

al  bi  no 

an  cho'vy 

don 

gar  ot  er 

pa  la  ver 

ar  ma  da 

cin  cho'  na 

com7  mo  dore 

ham7  mock 

SECOND    YEAK'S    WORK. 


53.   Words  derived  from  the  Arabic. 


87 


cof  '  fee 
cot  ton 

ze'ro 
al  tar 

cam7  phor 
a  lem'  bic 

lau'  da  num 
al  co  hoi 

crim  son 
car  mine 

tariff 
di  van 

sul'  tan 
haz  ard 

al  ge  bra 
al  ka  li 

jas  mine 
ci  pher 
ha  rem 

Ko'ran 
Is  lam 

ot  to 

mum  my 
mosque 
musk 

al  ma  nac 
ar  se  nal 
am  u  let 

mos  lem 
cam  phor 
naph  tha 
na  dir 

so  fa 
saf  fron 
sen  na 
slier  bet 

ga  zelle' 
gi  raffe 
rnon  soon 
si  moom 

chem  is  try 
min  a  ret 
tarn  a  rind 
tal  is  man 

ze  nith 

lem  on 

Sa  ha7  ra 

az  i  muth 

54.   Spanish-American  "Words. 

The  teacher  will  explain  the  meaning  of  these  words. 


ranche 

can'  on 

a  do'  be 

tor  til'  la 

ran'  cho 

cor  ral' 

se  ra  pe 

som  bre  ro 

las  so 

lar  i  at 

coy  o  te 

ma  dro  fie 

mus  tang 

ri  a'  ta 

a  ras  tra 

man  za  ni  ta 

pla  cer 

ran  che  ro 

si  es  ta 

chap  ar  ral' 

pu  eb'  lo 

ro  de  o 

va  que  ro 

ha  ci  en'  da 

55.  Words  from  Names 

of  Places  and 

Persons. 

bay'  o  net 

(Bayonne) 

pla  ton'  ic 

(Plato) 

cur  rants 

(Corinth)  ' 

plu  ton  ic 

(Pluto) 

cop  per 

(Cyprus) 

her  cu  le  an 

(Hercules) 

cam  brie 

(Cambray) 

vol  ca  no 

(Vulcan) 

cal  i  co 

(Calicut) 

jo'  vi  al 

(Jove) 

dam  ask 

(Damascus) 

hec  tor 

(Hector) 

span  iel 

(Spain) 

mes  mer  ism     (Mesmer) 

wors  ted 

(Worstead) 

gal  va  nism 

(Galvani) 

mag  net 

(Magnesia) 

dah  li  a 

(Dahl) 

gas  con  ade' 

(Gascony) 

fuch  si  a 

(Fuch) 

la  con'  ic 

(Laeonia) 

at  las 

(Atlas) 

88 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


56.   French-American,  Spanish,  and  Indian  "Words. 

caout/  chouc 
ca  noe' 
tap  i  o'  ca 
va  nil'  la 
gua'  no 

Words. 

great  fleet, 
deep,  narrow  gorge, 
mountain  ridge, 
snowy, 
cattle-pen, 
saddle  rope. 
Sir,  Mr. 
Mistress,  Mrs. 
Miss,  young  lady, 
conclusion,  end. 
Sir,  Mr. 
Mistress,  Mrs. 
quarrel,  confusion. 

58.  French  Words  and  Phrases. 


cache 

bay'  ou                  tu'  le 

butte 

ba  teau'                 co  coa 

lev'  ee 

go'  pher                 a  gaf  ve 

ere  vasse' 

shan  ty                   po  ta  to 

port'  age 

cal  u  met               mag'  uey 

57.   Spanish  and  Italian  V 

armada 

(ar  ma/  da), 

canon 

(can'  yon), 

Sierra 

(Se  er'  ra), 

Nevada 

(Na  va'  da), 

corral 

(cor  ral'), 

lariat 

(la  ri  at7), 

Senor 

(san  yor'), 

Senora 

(san  yo'  ra), 

Senorita 

(san  yo  re'  ta), 

finale  (It.) 

(f  i  na'  le), 

Signor  (It.) 

(seen'  yor), 

Signora  (It.) 

(seen7  yo  ra), 

imbroglio  (It.) 

(im  bro'  lio), 

surveillance 
embonpoint 
nom  de  plume 
mediocre 
bizarre 
faux  pas 
2id  vive 
carte  blanche 
de  trop 
recherche 
par  excellence 
nous  verrons 
en  rapport 


(sur  val  yance), 
(an  bon  pwan), 
(non), 

(me  di  o'  kr), 
(be  zar'), 
(fo  pa'), 
(ke  veve7), 
(cart  blansh'), 
(de  tro'), 
(re  sher  sha'), 
(par  ex'  a  lance), 
(noo  va  ron'), 
(an  rap  por'), 


supervision. 

corpulence. 

assumed  name  of  an  author. 

ordinary. 

fantastic,  odd. 

false  step,  mistake. 

who  's  there  ?  lookout. 

full  permission. 

too  many. 

select ;  of  rare  attractions. 

pre-eminently. 

we  shall  see. 

in  harmony  with. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


89 


59.   Geographical  Names  often  misspelled. 

Cal  i  for' ni  a... not  to  be  spelled  Cala. 

Cin  cm  na'  ti...not  to  be  spelled  with  two  t's. 

Ten  nes  see'... with  double  n,  double  s,  and  double  *. 

Charles'  ton,  S.  C....not  to  be  spelled  town. 

Charles' town,  Mass.... not  to  be  spelled  ton. 

Con  nect'  i  cut... not  to  be  spelled  net. 

Min  ne  so'  ta...not  to  be  spelled  with  one  ». 

Da  ko'  ta...not  to  be  spelled  tali. 

U'  tah. . .not  to  be  spelled  Yuta. 

Ed'  in  burgh... not  to  be  spelled  burg. 

Nar  ra  gan'  sett... to  be  spelled  with  two  r's  and  two  t'a. 

Ha  va' na...not  to  be  spelled  with  two  n's. 


60.   Latin  Phrases. 

In  common  use  in  the  newspapers. 


e  plu'  ribus  u1  num, 
muV  turn  in  par'  vo, 
ne  plus  uV  trd, 
non  com1  pos  men'tis, 
si1  ne  qua  non, 
ex  post  fac1  to, 
sub  ro'  sd, 
vi'  ce  ver1  sd, 
nem.  con., 
ad  valo'  rem, 
ad  in1  terim, 
ad  lib1  itum, 
in  terro'  rem, 


in  memo'  riam, 
sine  die, 
per  an'  num, 
lap1  sus  I'm' gua, 


one  of  many. 

much  in  little. 

nothing  beyond. 

riot  of  sound  mind. 

something  indispensable. 

after  the  deed. 

under  cover ;  secretly. 

the  reverse. 

no  one  contradicting. 

according  to  value, 

in  the  mean  time. 

at  pleasure. 

as  a  warning. 

in  memory  of. 

without  day. 

by  the  year. 

a  slip  of  the  tongue. 


90 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


61.    Quarterly  Review. 

ped'  dler 

scram7  ble 

bou  quet' 

cal'  i  co 

dah  li  a 

schoon  er 

al  though 

horn  i  ny 

fuch  si  a 

squan  der 

re  trieve 

choc  o  late 

gus  to 

wain  scot 

re  peal 

par  a  sol 

gra  tis 

dwin  die 

re  lease 

sas  sa  fras 

a  li  as 

di  a  mond 

es  quire 

cam  e  o 

ci  pher 

gawky 

cha  grin 

al  co  hoi 

vying 

ghost  ly 

Ten  nes  see' 

lau  da  num 

buy  ing 

rid  dance 

be  twixt' 

pi  a'  nist 

ty  ing 

lunch  eon 

be  queath 

trav'  el  er 

al  ways 

shriv  el 

main  tain 

pit  i  ful 

Christ  mas 

stead  fast 

a  dieu 

hy  a  cinth 

fore  head 

haugh  ty 

bur  lesque 

,-inar  i  gold 

knowl  edge 

gor  geous 

gro  tesque 

e  qual  ly 

bus  i  ness 

haz  ard 

ga  zette 

max  i  mum 

slav  ish 

poig  nant 

ve  dette 

—  now-a-days 

fiend  ish 

quit  tance 

ci  gar 

clean  li  ness 

hand  some 

mis  chief 

sou  chong 

sau  ci  ness 

wool  en 

sur  feit 

ba  zaar 

like  li  hood 

bra  zen 

quar  ry 

re  gat'  ta 

live  li  hood 

thiev  ish 

prai  rie 

um  brel  la 

ug  li  est 

swin  ish 

sug  ar 

--mos  qui  to 

par  ve  nu 

fifth  ly 

hy  son 

me  ri  no 

ere  vasse' 

edge  ways 

wig  warn 

re  mit  tance 

moc'  ca  sin 

flour  ish 

gua  no 

ac  quit  tal 

mac  a  ro'  ni 

wran  gle 

napli  tha 

a  bet  ting 

ver  mi  eel  li 

slaugh  ter 

cam  phor 

bag  a  telle' 

tap  i  o  ca 

found  ry 

torn  a  hawk 

ac  quaint' 

mas  quer  ade' 

hatch  et 

la  va 

ex  pelled 

ser  e  nade 

crotch  et 

lus  cious 

con  curred 

char/  la  tan 

dai  ry 

pain  phlet 

ir7  ri  gate 

fil  i  bus  ter 

gher  kin 

qui  nine 

et  i  quette' 

coch  i  neal 

fur  lough 

whole  some 

quar'  rel  ing 

al  ma  nac 

star  board 

fif  teenth 

shov  el  ing 

chem  is  try 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


FOURTH    MONTH. 

62. 

Latin  Prefixes. 

a,  ab  = 

from. 

ob 

= 

against. 

ad  = 

to. 

per 

= 

through. 

ante  = 

before. 

pro 

= 

for. 

con  = 

with. 

pre 

= 

before. 

contra  = 

against. 

post 

= 

after. 

de  = 

from. 

re 

= 

again,  back. 

dis  = 

apart. 

retro 

= 

backwards. 

je,  ex  = 

out  of. 

super 

= 

above. 

extra  = 

beyond. 

sub 

= 

under. 

in  = 

on,  in. 

semi 

= 

half. 

in  = 

not. 

se 

= 

apart. 

intro  = 

within. 

trans 

= 

across. 

inter  = 

between. 

ultra 

= 

beyond. 

63.  Illustrating  Latin  Prefixes. 

Written. 

a  verse'. 

ad  here1. 

an  te  di  lu'  vi  an. 

con  tra  diet'. 

ad  hor. 

ac  cede. 

an  tic1  i  pate. 

con  tro  vert'. 

ab  scond. 

affix. 

con  nectf. 

defied'. 

ab  jure. 

an-  nex. 

cor  rode. 

de  vote. 

a  void. 

ap  pend. 

con  sign. 

di 

s  pel. 

a  vail. 

as  sign. 

col  lect. 

dis  cuss. 

64.  Illustrating  Latin  Prefixes. 

Written. 

e  rase1. 

ex  traorf  di  na 

ry.         in 

'  no  cent. 

in 

ter  cepti. 

e  vade. 

ex  trav'  a  gant 

il 

le1  gal. 

in 

terfere. 

e  red 

ex  tra  di1  lion. 

in 

cor  reef  . 

in 

ter  pose. 

ex  empt. 

in  vent1. 

in 

se  cure. 

in 

ter  sect. 

ex  plore. 

in  hale. 

in 

tro  duce. 

in1 

'  ter  course. 

ex  haust. 

in  nate. 

in 

tro  mil. 

in 

ter  jec'  tion. 

SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


65.   Illustrating  Latin  Prefixes. 

Written. 


object'. 

per  am'  bu  late. 

prefer'. 

re  deem1. 

ob  lige. 

per'fo  rate. 

pre'  sent. 

re  dine. 

<>b  struct. 

per  em  nidi. 

pre'  ma  ture. 

re  lapse. 

oc  cur. 

pro  ceed'. 

post  pone'. 

ret1  ro  grade. 

op  pose. 

pro  tect. 

post'  script. 

ret1  ro  sped. 

ob1  vi  ous. 

pro  mo1  tion. 

pos  ter1  i  ty. 

ret  ro  gres'  sion. 

66.  Illustrating  Latin  Prefixes. 


Written. 


se  cede1. 

sub  mit'. 

su  per  sede*  . 

tran  scribe'. 

se  lect. 

sue  ceed. 

su  per'Jiu  ous. 

trans  gress. 

se  elude. 

suffuse. 

su  per  la  tive. 

trans  port. 

semf  i  tone. 

sug  gesi. 

sur  pass'. 

ul  tra  ma  rine'  . 

sem1  i  cir  cle. 

sup  plant. 

sur  mount. 

ul  tra  mon1  tane. 

sem  i  lu'  nar. 

sus  pend. 

su  per  t/at1  u  ral. 

ul  tra  mun'  dane. 

67.   Words  of  Double  Origin.  —  Latin  and  French. 

Words  in  the  first  column  are  derived  directly  from  the  Latin  into  English ; 
words  in  the  second  column  are  derived  from  the  Latin  through  the  French 
The  words  in  the  third  and  fourth  columns  are  all  from  Latin,  but  each  of  the 
pairs  introduced  at  different  times. 

fact  feat 

qui'  et  coy 

ca  dence  chance 

cap  tive  cai'  tiff 

ca  lyx  chal  ice 

se  curef  sure 

com  pute  count 

fac/  tion  fash'  ion 

bal  sam  balm 

pen'  i  tence  pen'  ance 

fra'  gile  frail 

fi  del'  i  ty  fe'  al  ty 


gran'  a  ry 
le'  gal 
hos'  pi  tal 
ma'  jor 
par'  ti  cle 
per  se  cute 
pau'  per 
po  tion 
re  gal 
ra'  di  us 
probe 
spe'  cies 


gar'  ner 
loy  al 
ho  tel' 
may'  or 
par  eel 
pur  sue7 
poor 
poi'  son 
roy  al 
ray 
prove 
spice 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK.  95 

68.   Sentences  for  Dictation. 

I. 

1.  Gunpowder  was  used  in  China  and  India  at  a  very  remote 
period  of  time  :  in  Europe  it  came  into  use  in  the  thirteenth  and 
fourteenth  centuries. 

2.  Artillery  was  first  used  in  Asia :    it  was  introduced  into 
Europe  during  the  thirteenth  century. 

3.  The  mariner's  compass  was  invented  by  the  Chinese  at  a 
very  early  period  :    it  was   introduced   into  Europe  during  the 
thirteenth  century. 

4.  Printing  by  means  of  carved  wooden  blocks  was  invented 
by  the   Chinese  at  a  very  early  date  :    but  printing  by  means 
of  movable  types  was  the  invention  of  Gutenberg  and  Faust, 

A.  D.  1450. 

II. 

5;  The  steam-engine  was  invented  by  James  Watt,  a  Scotch- 
man, in  the  eighteenth  century. 

6.  The  electric  telegraph  was  invented  by  Professor  Samuel  F. 

B.  Morse,  in  the  nineteenth  century. 

7.  Robert  Fulton,  of  New  York,  first  successfully  applied  the 
steam-engine  to-  the  navigation  of  vessels.     He  built  and  ran  the 
first  successful  steamboat  on  the  Hudson  River,  in  1807. 

8.  The  spinning  jenny  was  invented  by  Hargreaves,  an  English- 
man, in  1767. 

9.  The  cotton  gin  was  invented  by  Eli  Whitney,  an  American, 
in  1793. 

10.  The  sewing  machine  was  invented  by  Elias  Howe,  Jr.,  an 
American,  whose  machine  was  patented  in  1846. 

11.  Charles  Goodyear,  an  American,  in  1839  discovered  the 
process  of  making  vulcanized  rubber. 

12.  Locomotive  engines  were  invented  in  1814,  by  George  Ste- 
phenson,  an  English  engineer.     The  Liverpool  and  Manchester 
Railroad  was  built  in  1830. 


94  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

69.   Words  relating  to  Buildings. 

ar'  chi  tect  A  person  skilled  in  the  art  of  building. 

ar'  chi  tect  ure   The  art  of  building. 

fa  cade' (fa  sad')  The  front  of  a  building. 

ga;  ble  The  triangular  end  of  a  building  from  the  eavec 

to  the  top. 

ves'  ti  bule  The  porch  or  entrance  into  a  building. 

cu'  po  la  A  dome  on  a  building. 

ro  tun'  da  A  building  round  both  inside  and  out. 

pyr'  a  mid  A  body  standing  on  an  angular  base  and  termi- 

nating in  a  point  at  the  top. 

lab'  y  rinth         A  building  or  place  full  of  windings. 

pa  go'  da  A  large  building  or  temple  in  the  East  Indies 

in  which  idols  are  worshiped. 

70.   Sentences  for  Dictation. 

An  indictment  is  a  written  accusation  of  one  or  more  persons 
of  a  crime  or  misdemeanor,  presented  upon  oath  by  a  grand 
jury. 

Antipodes  are  those  situated  on  that  part  of  the  globe  diamet- 
rically opposite  to  us. 

A  real  circular  motion  is  always  accompanied  with  a  centrifu- 
gal motion. 

We  must  not  swallow  down  opinions  as  silly  people  do  an 
empiric's  pills,  without  knowing  what  they  are  made  of. 

A  fastidious  individual  affects  or  arrogates  superior  taste  and 
discernment. 

The  Emperor  Julian  himself,  that  most  bitter  adversary  of 
Christianity,  who  had  openly  apostatized  from  it,  did  not  deny 
the  reality  of  our  Lord's  miracles. 

They  had  no  authority,  either  by  diocesan  or  provincial 
synods. 

The  English  vocabulary  is  mainly  composed  of  Celtic,  Saxo 
French,  and  classical  words. 


ul 

- 


.SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


95 


71.  A  Lesson  of  Corrections. 

Correct  the  errors  in 


strong  ail 

pure  ere 

a  rightful  air 

the  ark  of  a  circle 

ate  men 

too  fishes  swam 

a  bate  for  fishes 

a  bear  arm 

a  beach-tree 

beat- root 

a  glass  of  bier 

the  bow  of  a  tree 

wry  bread 

a  but  of  wine 

the  cord  of  a  harp 

a  sight  for  a  new  church 

course  cloth 

a  core  of  troops 

a  deer  price 

a  draught  of  a  bill 

the  railway  fair 

a  great  feet 

the  bird  flue  away 

a  strong  forte 

enter  by  the  iron  gait 

a  glaire  of  light 

a  hail  old  man 

do  you  here  him  speaking 

sing  a  him 

the  isle  of  a  church 

indict  a  letter 

a  watch  quay 


a  lime  kill 

a  led  mine 

the  leek  in  a  vessel 

a  door  loch 

a  servant  made 

a  lion's  main 

a  haughty  mean 

did  you  meat  him 

the  knave  of  a  wheel 

the  ore  of  a  boat 

%a  pain  of  glass 

a  peace  of  money 

a  peel  of  bells 

the  stone  peer 

a  quire  of  singers 

the  rain  of  a  king 

he  rote  a  letter 

a  long  rode 

the  sale  of  a  ship 

ceil  the  letter 

sow  the  mustard  cede 

the  steps  of  a  stare 

the  knife  was  made  of  steal 

a  strait  road 

tare  the  cloth 

a  tear  of  guns 

the  throws  of  conscience 

a  bad  tray  in  his  character 

vains  and  arteries  of  the  body 

a  heavy  wait 

a  yolk  of  oxen 

a  yew  tied  to  a  ewe-tree 


96 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

72.  Anglicized  Latin  Words. 

Adopted  in  English  without  change. 


ar'  dor 

pas'  tor 

hu'  mus 

ul  ti  ma'  turn 

ar'  bi  ter 

ru  mor 

o  nus 

max'  i  mum 

an  i  mal 

se  ries 

sta  tus 

min  i  mum 

ax'  is 

spe  cies 

ma  jor 

al  lu'  vi  urn. 

cir  cus 

splen  dor 

mi  ii  or 

spec'  u  la  tor 

col  or 

ge  nus 

stra  turn 

nu'  cle  us 

er  ror 

ter  ror 

la  bor 

me  di  urn 

fa  vor 

val  or 

da  ta 

stim  u  lus 

gen  ins 

ve  to 

a  pex 

mi  nu'  ties 

mi  ser 

vig  or 

mi  nus 

mo  men  turn 

hu  mor 

vi  rus 

fo  ci 

stam'  i  na 

o  dor 

fo  cus 

fun  gi 

vis  ce  ra 

73.   Sentences  for  Dictation. 

Sir  James  Mackintosh  wrote  an  excellent  dissertation  on  meta- 
physical science. 

Prom  yonder  realms  of  empyreal  day ! 

The  guillotine  was  first  proposed  to  the  National  Assembly  of 
France  by  a  physician,  and  from  him  received  its  name. 

Here  sacred  pomp  and  genial  fete  delight, 
And  solemn  dance  and  hymeneal  rite. 

We  ought  sometimes  to  suspend  our  judgment,  till  the  first 
effervescence  is  a  little  subsided. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  we  should  be   harassed  by  implacable 
persecution,  or  excruciated  by  irremediable  pains. 

And  sought, 

By  pyramids  and  mausoleum  pomp, 
Short-lived  themselves,  to  immortalize  their  bones. 
These  men,  republicans  from  servility,  who  published  rhetorical 
panegyrics  on  massacres,  and  who  reduced  plunder  to  a  system 
of  ethics,  are  as  ready  to  preach  slavery  as  anarchy. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


97 


74.  A  Suffix  Lesson. 

Nouns  formed  with  Latin  and  French  suffixes  meaning  state  or  quality  of 
being,  or  place. 


bond7  age 

safe'  ty 

pi'  ra  cy 

Diminutives. 

do  tage 

pan  try 

pri  va  cy 

cir'  cle 

mar  riage 

pi'  e  ty 

de  cen  cy 

cas  tie 

vas'  sal  age 

odd  i  ty 

con  stan  cy 

par'  ti  cle 

pu  pil  age 

loy  al  ty 

apt  i  tude 

re  hi  cle 

per  son  age 

ped  ant  ry 

grat  i  tude 

glob'  ule 

slav  er  y 

a  bil'  i  ty 

Ion  gi  tude 

Place. 

pil  grim  age 

den'  si  ty 

plat  i  tude 

fac'  to  ry 

pa  tron  age 

chas  ti  ty 

serv  i  tude 

rec  to  ry 

fin  er  y 

pu  ri  ty 

his  to  ry 

nun  ner  y 

pleas  ant  ry 

in  fin'  i  ty 

or'  a  to  ry 

dor'  mi  to  ry 

rev  el  ry 

in  firm  i  ty 

tran  si  to  ry 

sane  tu  a  ry 

re  vers'  al 

pres'  ence 

mi  gra  to  ry 

par'  son  age 

re  hears  al 

con  science 

mat  ri  mo  ny 

res  tau  rant 

75.   Suffixes  meaning  relating  to. 


brute 

bru'  tal 

pu'  er  ile 

trib'  u  ta  ry 

fate 

fa  tal 

in  fan  tile 

cus  torn  a  ry 

use 

us'  u  al 

ju  ve  nile 

plan  e  ta  ry 

bi'  ble 

bib  lie  al 

mer  can  tile 

cap  il  la  ry 

crit  ic 

crit  ic  al 

cir  cu  lar 

el  e  ment'  a  ry 

type 

typ  ic  al 

glob  u  lar 

com  pli  ment  a  ry 

farce 

far  ci  cal 

an  nu  lar 

in  tro  due  to  ry 

office 

of  fi'  cial 

he  ro'  ic 

lit'  er  a  ry 

trop  ic 

trop'  i  cal 

an  gel  ic 

nee  es  sa  ry 

log  ic 

log  i  cal 

mag  net  ic 

de  tract7  o  ry 

poet 

po  et'  ic 

ma  jes  tic 

pre  par'  a  to  ry 

cyn'  ic 

cyn'  i  cal 

ter  rif  ic 

sat  is  fac'  to  ry 

top  ic 

top  i  cal 

op  er  at'  ic 

stel'  lar 

gram  mar 

gram  mat'  i  cal 

mas'  cu  line 

e  pis'  to  la  ry 

5 

G 

98 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


76.  The  Suffixes  ant  and  ance. 


Ant  =  having 
condition  of. 

'  the  power  or  quality 

de  fi'  ant 

de  fi'  ance 

a  bun  dant 

a  bun  dance 

ac  cord  ant 

ac  cord  ance 

con'  so  nant 

con'  so  nance 

dis  cord'  ant 

dis  cord'  ance 

ex  pect  ant 
re  luc  tant  * 

ex  pect  ance 
re  luct  ance 

el'  e  gant 
sig  nif  i  cant 
ob  seiV  ant 

el'  e  gance 
sig  nif  i  cance 
ob  serv'ance 

rel'  e  vant 

rcl  e  vance 

tol  er  ant 

tol  er  ance 

res  o  nant 

res  o  nance 

sup  pli  ant 

sup  pli  ance 

ox  or'  bi  tant 
re  pug'  nant 
ra'  di  ant 
com  pli'  ant 
pur  su  ant 
in  dig  nant 
be  nig  nant 
ex  ult  ant 
un  pleas  ant 
im  port  ant 
re  sist  ant 
dis'  tant 
dom'  i  nant 
par  tic'  i  pant 


state  or 

-ance 

-ance 

-ance 

-ance 

-ante 

-ation 

-ity 

-ation 

-ness 

-ance 

-ance 

-ance 

-ance 

-ance 


77.   The  Suffixes  out  and  once. 


Ent  =  "having  the  power  or  quality  of.     Ence  —  state  of  being.     The  fol- 

lowing words  are  derived  from  the  Latin. 

be  nev'  o  lent 

be  nev'  o  lence 

im  per'  ti  nent 

-ence 

de  spond  ent 

de  spond  ence 

in7  di  gent 

^ence 

pen'  i  tent 

pen'  i  tence 

dif  fer  ent 

-ence 

con  cur'  rent 

con  cur'  rence 

af  flu  ent 

-ence 

con'  se  quent 

con'  se  quence 

con  fi  dent 

-ence 

re  spleiuV  ent 

re  splend'  ence 

dif  fi  dent 

-ence 

ab'  sti  nent 

ab'  sti  rience 

em  i  nent 

-ence 

prev  a  lent 

prev  a  lence 

prom  i  nent 

-ence 

rev  er  ent 

rev  er  ence 

im  mi  nent 

-ence 

in  no  cent 

in  no  cence 

mu  nif  i  cent 

-ence 

ev  i  dent 

ev  i  dence 

ve'  he  ment 

-ence 

prov  i  dent 

prov  i  dence 

in  dul'  gent 

-ence 

cor  pu  lent 

cor  pu  lence 

ab  hor  rent 

-ence 

pes  ti  lent 

pes  ti  lence 

re  cur  rent 

-ence 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


99 


78.  The  Suffixes  ablo  and  ihlo. 

Able  and  ible  —  that  which  may  or  oan  be.     Final  e  of  the  root  word  is 
dropped  except  after  c  and  g. 


tarn7  a  ble 

sal'  a  ble 

fus'  i  ble 

e  ras'  i  ble 

blam  a  ble 
cur  a  ble 

pass  a  ble 
trace  a  ble 

fore  i  ble 
hor  ri  ble 

de  due  i  ble 
dif  fus  i  ble 

eat  a  ble 
lov  a  ble 
pay  a  ble 
bear  a  ble 
mov  a  ble 
rat  a  ble 

change  a  ble 
charge  a  ble 
de  fiV  a  ble 
man7  age  a  ble 
re  ceiv'  a  ble 
con  ceiv  a  ble 

ter  ri  ble 
leg  i  ble 
cred  i  ble 
au  di  ble 
plans  i  ble 
fal  li  ble 

in  vis  i  ble 
con  tempt  i  ble 
re  vers  i  ble 
per  cep  ti  ble 
con  vert  i  ble 
ad  mis  si  ble 

tax  a  ble 
read  a  ble 

per  ceiv  a  ble 
de  test  a  ble 

tan  gi  ble 
fea  si  ble 

im  press  i  ble 
ex  haust  i  ble 

teach,  a  ble 
ford  a  ble 

ob  tain  a  ble 
ob  serv  a  ble 

ed  i  ble 
flex  i  ble 

re  press  i  ble 
di  vis  i  ble 

read  a  ble 

main  tain  a  ble 

ris  i  ble 

im  pos  si  ble 

79.  The  Suffixes  ive  and  ion. 


Ive  =  having  the 
adjectives  :  ion  added 

quality  of:   ion  =  act  of. 
to  verbs  forms  nouns. 

dif  fuse' 

dif  fu'  sive 

ad  here 

ad  he  sive 

at  tend 

at  ten  tive 

at  tract 

at  tract  ive 

de  cide 

de  ci  sive 

con  vulse 

con  vul  sive 

ex  elude 

ex  clu  sive 

ex  plode 
in  struct 

ex  plo  sive 
in  struct  ive 

de  fend 

de  fen  sive 

re  pulse 
con  elude 

re  puls  ive 
con  clu  sive 

de  lude 

de  lu  sive 

con  struct 

con  struct  ive 

Ive  added  to  verbs  forms 

dif  fu'  siori 
ad  he  sion 
at  ten  tion 
at  trac  tion 
de  ci  sion 
con  vul  sion 
ex  clu  sion 
ex  plo  sion 
in  struc  tion 
de  fense 
re  pul  sion 
con  clu  sion 
de  lu  sion 
con  struc  tion 


100  SWINTON'S    WOUD-BOOK. 


80.  Written 

Tve  =  having  the  power 

Verbs.      .  Adjectives.  Nouns. 

de  Jine',  de  Jin*  i  live  -tion. 

de  ceive,  de  cep'  five  -tion. 

pre  vent,  pre  vent  we  -ion. 

in  vent,  in  vent  we  -ion. 

de  duct,  de  duct  we  -ion. 

pro  duce,  pro  duct  ive  -ion. 

re  strict,  re  strict  ive  -ion. 

refect,  refect  ive  -ion. 

afflict,  afflict  ive  -ion. 

in  duct,  in  duct  ive  -ion. 

e  lect,  e  lect  ive  -ion. 

per  ceive,  per  cep  tive  -ion. 

con  ceive,  con  cep  tive  -ion. 

at  tract,  at  tract'  ive  -ion. 


Spelling. 

to: 

ion  =  act  of. 

Adjectives. 

Nouns. 

sub  mis'  sive 

-ion. 

e  va'  sive 

-ion. 

ag  gres  sive 

-ion. 

pro  gres  sive 

-ion. 

sed  uct  ive 

-ion. 

e  rupt  ive 

-ion. 

il  lu  sive 

-ion. 

at  tent  ive 

-ion. 

con  struct  ive 

-ion. 

ex  ten  sive 

-sion. 

sub  ver  sive 

-sion. 

in  die'  a  tive 

-ation. 

-at  lit'  er  a  tive 

-ion. 

a  bu1  sive 

-ness, 

81.   Oral  Spelling. 

Ous,  ious,  eons  =  having  :  relating  to. 

pre  ten'  tious  right7  ecus  won'  drous 

fie  ti  tious  du'  te  ous  mon  strous 

in  fee  tious  pit  e  ous  fi  brous 

vex  a  tious  cour  te  ous  griev  ous 

am  bi  tious  plen  te  ous  cum  brous 

sen  ten  tious  boun  te  ous  en'  vi  ous 

nu  tri  tious  er  ro'  ne  ous  glut  ton  ous 

se  di  tious  cour  a  geous  om  in  ous 

re  lig  ions  out  ra  geous  mis  chiev  ous 

con  ta  gious  ad  van  ta;  geous  cov  e  tous 

la  bo'  ri  ous  spon  ta7  ne  ous  vir  tu  ous 

no  to  ri  ous  in  stan  ta'  ne  ous  ri  die'  u  Ious 

con  sci  en'  tious  mis  eel  la  ne  ous  in  iq  ui  tous 

per  ni'  cious  far  i  na  ceous  so  lie  i  tous 


OfW. 

/    SECOND   YEAR'S    WORK.                                    10 
P/ 

82.  The  Suffix  ous. 

r 

Having,  relating 

to,  tending  to. 

"Words  spelled 

with  cious. 

gra'  cious 

ca  pri'  cious 

vi  va'  cious 

men  da'  ciou 

spa  cious 

sus  pi  cious 

lo  qua  cious 

fal  la  cious  " 

vi  cious 

de  li  cious 

te  na  cious 

ra  pa  cious 

pre  cious 

fe  ro  cious 

ve  ra  cious 

sa  ga  cious 

of  fi'  cious 

a  tro  cious 

pre  co  cious 

pug  na  cious 

ma  li'  cious 

ca  pa  cious 

au  da  cious 

av  a  ri'  cious 

83.  Monthly  Review. 

ex  act' 

frig'  id 

ma  lign' 

por'  ous 

ex  empt 

im  age 

o  paque 

pre  cious 

dis  (lain 

frag  ile 

ma  rine 

pre  cincts 

ef  fete" 

li  cense" 

re  sume 

se  quel 

de  vow 

liq  uid 

pol  lute 

traf  fie 

ap  plaud/ 

meas  ure 

ex  pect 

pres  ence 

de  cease  ' 

mea  ger 

ad  here 

con  science 

con  vulse 

men  ace 

in  struct 

ves  tige 

FIFTH    MONTH. 

84.   Lesson  in  Word-Forming. 
Written  Exercise* 

The  suffix  ize  means  to  make :  the  suffix  ation  means  act  of.  The  sign 
+  indicates  the  addition  of  the  suffix,  and  is  read.  plus.  » 

Example  of  dictation  by  the  teacher :  "  General  plus  ize."  (The  pupil  Avill 
write  general  +  ize  =  generalize.}  "  General  plus  ize  pius  ation."  (The 
pupil  will  write  general  +  ize  +  ation  =  generalization.} 


gen'  er  al 

f    ize    + 

ation. 

fer'  tile 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

nat  n  ral     • 

f    ize    + 

ation. 

re  al 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

sec  n  lar 

\-    ize    + 

ation. 

e  qual 

+ 

ize 

^. 

ation. 

col  o  ny 

f    ize    + 

ation. 

vo  cal 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

crys'  tal 

f    ize   4- 

ation. 

au  thor 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

cen  tral 

f    ize   + 

ation. 

le  gal 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

ci  ml 

\-   ize   + 

ation. 

char'  ac  ter 

+ 

ize 

+ 

'ation. 

102 


RWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


85.   Oral  Exercise  in  Word  Formation. 

The  suffix  ity  means  slate  of  being. 

Model  for  exercise :  The  teacher  gives  out  the  word  and  suffix,  "  sensual 
plus  ize."  The  pupil  recites:  "Sen  su  al,  sensual  plus  ize  =  sensualize,  to 
make  sensual ;  sensual  plus  ity  ~  sensuality,  state  of  being  sensual. 


sen'  su  al 

+ 

ize 

spir'  it  u  al 
na'  tion  al 

+ 

4- 

ize 
ize 

trail'  quil 
Christ  ian 

+ 

4 

ize 
ize 

vi  tal 

4- 

ize 

au  thor 

4- 

ize 

bru  tal 

4 

ize 

neu  tral 

4 

ize 

hu  man 

4- 

ize 

sen'  su  al 

+ 

ity 

spir'  it  u  al 

4 

ity 

na'  tion  al 

+ 

ity 

trail'  quil 

4 

ity 

Christ  ian 

+ 

ity 

vi  tal 

4- 

ity 

au  thor 

4 

ity 

bru  tal 

+ 

ity 

neu  tral 

4- 

ity 

hu  man 

4- 

»ty 

86.  "Words  ending  in  tion. 

Ion  means  the  act  of. 

con  tend'  con  ten'  tion  as  ser'  tion 

dis  tend  dis  ten  tion  in  no  va'  tion 

in  tend  in  ten  tion  de  ser/  tion 

re  tajn  re  ten  tion  in  ser  tion 

de  tain  de  ten  tion  in  flee  tion 

con  vene  con  ven  tion  con  nee  tion 

re  duce  re  due  tion  op  po  si'  tion 

in  duce  in  due  tion  sup  po  si  tion 

con  duce  con  due  tion  com  po  si  tion 

pro  duce  pro  due  tion  rec  i  ta  tion 

pre  diet  pre  die  tion  rec  ol  lee  tion 

re  ject  re  jec  tion  in  ter  ven  tion 

e  lect  e  lee  tion  in  ter  rup  tion 

at  tend  at  ten  tion  ap  pli  ca  tion 


SECOND    YEAtt'S   WORK. 


10:) 


87.  Words  ending  in  sion. 


sus  pend' 

sus  pen'  sion 

in  vert' 

in  ver'  sion 

per  suade 

per  sua  sion 

ex  pel 

ex  pul  sion 

de  cline 

de  clen  sion^- 

pre  tend 

pre  ten  sion 

pre  cise 

pre  cis  ion>v 

pro  fess 

pro  fes  sion 

col  lide 

col  lis  ion 

di  gress 

di  gres  sion 

de  ride 

de  ris  ion 

con  vulse 

con  vul  sion 

ex  plode 

ex  plo  sion 

se  elude 

se  clu  sion 

ex  pand 

ex  pan  sion 

ex  elude 

ex  clu  sion 

as  cend^ 

as  cen  sion 

re  vise 

re  vis  ion 

con  elude 

con  clu  sion 

suf  fuse 

suf  fu  sion 

a  vert 

a  ver  sion 

in  vade 

in  va  sion 

sue  ceed 

sue  ces  sion 

pro  ceed 

pro  ces  sion 

88.   A  Suffix  Lesson. 

ee  —  one  to  whom,  or  object  of  action ;  er  or  or  =  one  who,  or  actor. 


trust  ee/ 

trust'  er 

pay  ee 
do  nee 

pay  er 
do  nor 

grant  ee 
les  see 

grant  or' 
les'  sor 

draw  ee 

draw  er 

leg  a  tee' 
mort  ga  gee 
ref  er  ee 
as  sign  ee 
con  sign  ee 
nom  i  nee 


leg  a  tor' 
mort  gage  or1 
ar'  bi  trat  or 
as  sign'  er 
con  sign  or 
nom'  i  na  tor 


89.   Suffixes  of  Profession  or  Occupation. 

The  suffixes  yer,  ier,  eer,  ist,  ian,  mean  one  who  follows  a  certain  profes- 
sion or  is  skilled  in  something. 


law'  yer 
sol  dier 
brig  a  dier' 
fu  sil  eer 
den'  tist 
art  ist 
harp  ist 
vi  o  liri'  ist 


rhet  o  ri'  cian 
math  e  ma  ti'  cian 
ge  o  me  tri  cian 
en  gi  neer' 
ar  til'  Ier  ist 
cloth'  ier 
gren  a  dier' 
aue  tion  eer 


pi  a'  nist 
pol  i  ti'  cian 
al'  ge  bra  is't 
or'  a  tor 
sci  en  tist 
gram  ma'  ri  an 
a  rith  me  ti'  cian 
phi  lol'  o  gist 


104 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


90. 

Use  s. 

S  with  the  sound  of  z. 

ad  vise' 

ad  ver  tise' 

en  fran'  chise 

sup  pose' 

ap  prise 

cat'  e  chise 

pos  ses  sion 

dis  guise 

chas  tise 

crit  i  cise 

.    cos  met  ic 

re  serve 

de  spise 

su  per  vise' 

re  pris  al 

pre  serve 

com  prise 

com'  pro  mise 

bap'  tism 

pre  sent 

de  mise 

en  ter  prise 

col  lis'  ion 

dis  ease 

re  vise 

ex  er  cise 

de  ris  ion 

ap  plausc 

pre  mise 

irn  pro  vise 

de  cis  ion 

ap  praise 

sur  mise 

mer  clian  disc 

mu  si  cian 

re  suit 

sur  prise 

a  the  ism 

re  fus  al 

pre  side 

de  vise 

fa  tal  ism 

mo  sa  ic 

re  solve 

a  rouse 

res  er  voir 

pro  sa  ic 

re  sem'  ble 

ca  rouse 

in  va'  sion 

al  lu  sion 

de  ser  tion 

91.   The  Letter  7. 


dry 

shy 

dry'  ly 

pit'  y  ing 

pit'  i  less 

dri'  er 

shy'  er 

slyly 

stead  y  iug 

stead  i  est 

dri  est 

shy  est 

shy  ly 

mud  dy  ing 

mud  di  er 

spry 

fly 

dry  ness 

fan  cy  ing 

fan  ci  ful 

spry'  er 

fly'er 

spry  ness 

lob  by  ist 

lob  bied 

spry  est 

fly  est 

shy  ness 

put  ty  ing 

put  tied 

try 

flies 

dries 

pit  i  ful 

mud  di  est 

tried 

fly'  ing 

dry'  ing 

mud  'di  est 

wit  ti  ly 

92.    Y  changed  to  i. 

In  words  of  more  than  one  syllable,  final  y  after  a  consonant  is  changed  to 
i  before  any  suffix  not  beginning  with  i. 


ti'dy 

ti'  di  ness 

ti  ny 

ti  ni  est 

eas  y 

ea  si  est 

co  ny 

co  nies 

tro  phy 

tro  phies 

good  ly 

good  li  er 

beau'  ty 

beau'  ti  ful 

de  cen  cy 

de  cen  cies 

effigy 

ef  fi  gies 

de  ny' 

de  ni'  al 

defy 

de  fi  ance 

com  ply 

com  pli  ance 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


105 


93.  Nouns  used  only  in  the  Plural. 


an'  nals 

bust'  ings 

twee'  zers 

a  mends' 

as  sets 

mat  ins 

tid  ings 

ash'  es 

ar  ehives 

mea  sles 

vict  uals 

shears 

bel  lows 

imp  tials 

'  vi  tals 

spec'  ta  cles 

bill  iards 

pin  cers 

wa  ges 

prem  is  es 

bow  els 

scis  sors 

trou  sers 

in  tes'  tines 

en  trails 

snuf  fers 

ves  pers 

man'  ners 

fil  ings 

pan  ta  loons7 

trap  pings 

mor  als 

94.   Written  Exercise  in  Word  Formation. 

The  suffix  ^/y  or  ify  means  to  make. 

beau1  ty  +  fy  =  beau1  tify.  just       +  ify  =  just'  ify. 

pure       +  ify  =  pu  rify.  sim1  pie  +  ify  =  simplify. 

gU  ry    +  ify  =  glo  rify.  note       +  ify  =  no  tify. 

class       +  ify  =  das  &ify>  am1  pie  -f  ify  =  amplify, 

false       +  ify  =  fal  sify.  intense'  +  ify  =  in  te.'dfy. 

rare        +tfy  =  rar  efy.  clear     +  ify  =  clar'ijy. 


act'  or 
heir 
he'ro 
hunt  er 
host 
li'  on 
po  et 


95.  Masculine  and  Feminine  Suffixes. 

act'  ress  au'  thor  au'  thor  ess 

heir  ess  ne  gro 

her  o  ine  ti  ger 

hunt  ress  priest 

host  ess  trai'  tor 


li'  on  ess 
po  et  ess 


em' per  or 
mas' ter 


ne'gress 
ti  gress 
priest  ess 
trai  tress 


em  press 
mis  tress 


96.  "Words  relating  to  Teaching. 


teach'  er 

in  struct'  or 

learn'  er 

col'  lege 

tu  tor 

pre  cept  or 

schol  ar 

u  ni  ver'  si  ty 

mas  ter 

pro  fess  or 

pu  pil 

a  cad'  e  my 

mis  tress 

ped'  a  gogue 

stu  dent 

sem'  i  na  ry 

men  tor 

school-mas  ter 

school-boy 

in  sti  tute 

mon  i  tor 

prin  ci  pal 

school-girl 

ly  cer  um 

106 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


97.   Number. 
Written  Exercise. 

Singular  and  plural  forms  of  nouns  from  the  Latin  and  Greek. 


al  urn'  nus, 

al  umr  ni. 

an  al  y  sis, 
ax1  is, 

an  al  y  ses. 
ax'  es. 

da  turn, 

da  ta. 

e/Jlu'  m  um, 
er  ra'  turn, 

efflu'  m  a. 
er  ra1  ta. 

me?  di  um, 

me1  di  a. 

neb'  u  la, 

neb1  u  la. 

o  a  sis, 
ra  di  us, 

o  a  ses. 
ra  di  i. 

stra1  turn, 
fo  ens, 

sir  a'  ta. 
fo  ci. 

ge  nus, 
stim'  u  lus, 

gen  e  ra. 
stim'  u  U. 

98    Places  of  Worship  and  Religious  Acts. 


tern'  pie 

church 

prayer 

kneel'  ing 

min  ster 

shrine 

serv  ice 

pe  ti'  tion 

chap  el 

mosque 

wor  ship 

sac'  ri  fice 

al  tar 

pa  go'  da 

horn  age 

in  vo  ca'  tion 

clois  ter 

ca  the'  dral 

de  vo'  tion 

sup  pli  ca  tion 

con  vent 

tab'  er  na  cle 

ad  o  ra'  tion 

ben  e  die  tion 

God. 
Lord. 
Deity. 


Jehovah. 


el'  e  gance 
sym  me  try 
come  li  ness 
pret  ti  ness 
love  li  ness 
brill  iance 
ra  di  ance 
splen  dor 


99.  Words  denoting  Deity. 

Written   Exercise. 

Always  begin  with  a 'capital  letter. 

The  Father.  The  Infinite. 

The  Maker.  The  Eternal. 

The  Ruler.  The  Omnipotent. 

The  Creator.  The  Omnipresent. 

The  Preserve)'.  The  Supreme  Being. 


100.  Beauty  and  Ugliness, 


er7  na  ment 
dec  o  ra'  tion 
de  form'  i  ty 
plain'  ness 
home  li  ness 
hid  e  ous  ness 
ca  dav'  er  ous 
re  pul  sive 


un  couth' 
mon'  strous 
fright  ful 
hor  rid 
squal  id 
slouch  ing 
ghast  ly 
gris  ly 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


107 


101.   Evil  Spirits  and  Mythology. 


fiend 

imp 

spir'  it 

Mars 

fV  17 

witch 

vis  ion 

Jove 

bar  py 

ghost 

gob  lin 

Nep'  tune 

de  mon 

si'  ren 

vam  pire 

Cu  pid 

dev  il 

sa  tyr 

hob  gob  lin 

Mer  cu  ry 

Sa  tan 
\j 

spec  ter 

ap  pa  ri'  tion 

Ju  pi  ter 

102. 

Relating  to  Rulers, 

Officers,  and 

Servants. 

em'  per  or 

com  mand'  er 

may'  or 

serv'  ant 

au  to  crat 

com  man  dant' 

pre  feet 

vas  sal 

sov  er  eign 

com'  mo  dore 

al  der  man 

foot  man 

die  taf  or 

ad  mi  ral 

con  sta  ble 

coach  man 

pres'  i  dent 

gen  er  al 

di  reef  or 

val  et 

gov  era  or 

colo'  nel 

po  lice  man 

wait  er 

mon  arch 

ma'  jor 

leg'  is  lat  or 

lack  ey 

ty  rant 

cap  tain 

law  giv  er 

flunk  y 

sul  tan 

lieu  ten'  ant 

sen  a  tor 

me  ni  al 

chief  tain 

en'  sign 

sher  iff 

slave 

mas  ter 

ser  geant 

judge 

serf 

103.  Food  and  Taste. 


al'  i  ment 

eat'  a  bles 

fla'  vor 

bit'  ter 

nu  tri  ment 

bread  stuffs 

sa  vor 

ac  id 

nour  ish  ment 

co  mes'  ti  bles 

spic  y 

vap  id 

sus  te  nance 

vict'  uals 

pun  gent 

sweet 

reg  i  men 

lun  cheon 

lus  cious 

sour 

pro  vis'  ions 

des  serf 

piqu  ant 

nau'  seous 

104.  Pleasure  and  Pain. 


hap'  pi  ness 

com'  fort 

suf  fer  ing 

mis'  e  ry 

lux  u  ry 

de  light' 

anx  i'  e  ty 

an  guish 

sat  is  fac'  tion 

glad'  ness 

de  jec  tion 

tort  ure 

grat  i  fi  ca'  tion 

rapt  ure 

vex  a  tion 

tor  ment 

en  joy'  ment 

fe  lie'  i  ty 

sor'  row 

ago  ny 

en  chant  went 

ec'  sta  sy 

dis  tress' 

trib  u  la'  tion, 

108 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


105.   Monthly  Review. 

prayer 

crit7  i  cise 

con  ces'  sion 

piqu'  ant 

schol'  ar 

ad  ver  tise7 

a  ver  sion 

des  serf 

shy  est 

mem7  o  rize 

con  nee  tion 

lunch7  eon 

dri  est 

su  per  vise 

mud7  di  er 

mort  gage 

dry  ness 

ec  sta  sy 

eas'  i  est 

dis  guise' 

spry  ness 

mer  chan  dise 

ti  ni  est 

ap  praise 

si  ren 

an  gli  cize 

mud  dy  ing 

dis  ease 

sa  tyr 

en  ter  prise 

stead  i  est 

sur  prise 

Sa  tan 

in  ven'  tion 

stead  y  ing 

sur  raise 

ser  geant 

in  ver  sion 

rar  e  fy 

ad  vise 

colo  nel 

at  ten  tion 

liq  ue  fy 

neu'  tral  ize 

SIXTH    MONTH. 

106.   Words  relating  to  Bills. 


bill  of  ex  change' 
draw7  ee 

pay'  ee 
ac  cept7  ance 
ma  tu7  ri  ty 
to  hon7  or 
to  dis7  hon  or 
proc7  n  ra  tion 
pro7  test 

days  of  grace 
at  par 


A  bill  drawn  on  one  person  for  the  payment 
of  money  to  another. 

The  person  on  whom  a  bill  of  exchange  is 
drawn. 

The  person  to  whom  a  bill  or  money  is  paid. 

A  promise  to  pay  a  bill  when  due. 

The  time  when  a  bill  becomes  due. 

To  accept  a  bill,  and  pay  it  when  due. 

To  decline  to  accept  or  pay  a  bill. 

The  signing  of  a  bill  by  an  agent  or  clerk. 

A  written  declaration  made  by  a  notary-public, 
declaring  a  bill  has  been  refused  acceptance 
or  payment. 

Three  days  allowed  for  the  payment  of  a  bill 
after  it  becomes  due. 

Bills  of  exchange  are  at  par  when  they  sell 
for  their  nominal  value ;  above  par  or  be- 
low par  when  they  sell  for  more  or  less, 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


109 


107.  The  Suffix  ate. 

The  Latin  suffix  ate  with  verbs  =  to  make.  The  pupil  is  not  expected  to 
define  the  words  in  the  following  lessons.  Teachers  who  are  familiar  with 
Latin  can  give  the  more  important  roots. 


ar  tic'  u  late 
al  le  vi  ate 
ab  bre  vi  ate 
ae  com  mo  date 
af  fil  i  ate 
as  so  ci  ate 
ca  lum  ni  ate 
co  ag  u  late 
ca  pit  u  late 
com  mu  ni  cate 
con  cil  i  ate 
con  tarn  i  nate 


ap  pro'  pri  ate 
ap  prox  i  mate 
an  tic  i  pate 
as  sim  i  late 
ac  cu  mu  late 
an  ni  hi  late 
cor  rob  o  rate 
dis  crim  i  nate 
de  nom  i  nate 
de  pre  ci  ate 
de  gen  er  ate 
de  pop  u  late 


al  ien  ate 
ag  gra  vate 
ag  gre  gate 
al  tern  ate 
am  pu  tate 
ar  bi  trate 
cal  cu  late 
cul  ti  vate 
cas  ti  gate 
cir  cu  late 
dev  as  tate 
dec  i  mate 


108.  The  Suffix  ate. 


dec'  o  rate 

e  man'  ci  pate 

ex  hil'  a  rate 

dis  lo  cate 

e  rad  i  cate 

ex  co  ri  ate 

dom  i  nate 

e  vap  o  rate 

ex  pos  tu  late 

doc  trin  ate 

in  tox  i  cate 

ex  pa  ti  ate 

du  pli  cate 

ex  as  per  ate 

ex  pec  to  rate 

del  e  gate 

ex  on  er  ate 

ex  ten  u  ate 

e  vac'  u  ate 

in'  su  late 

fa  cil  i  tate 

e  Km  i  nate 

in  ti  mate 

fe  lie  i  tate 

ex'  tri  cate 

ir  ri  gate 

flue'  tu  ate 

em  i  grate 

im  pre  cate 

ful  mi  nate 

im  mo  late 

in  di  cate 

1m  mil'  i  ate 

in  sti  gate 

germ  i  nate 

hy  poth  e  cate 

rep  ro  bate 

pop  u  late 

ob  fus  cate 

pro  eras'  ti  nate 

em'  u  late 

de  bil  i  tate 

rec'  re  ate 

cog  i  tate 

pre  var  i  cate 

110  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

109.  Adjectives  ending  in  ate. 

Ate  —  having,  or  pertaining  to. 

ac'  cu  rate  con  fed'  er  ate  in  vet'  er  ate 

as  pi  rate  con  sid  er  ate  in  vi  o  late 

ad  e  quate  con  sum7  mate  in  sa  ti  ate 

ag  gre  gate  af  fee  tion  ate  im  me  di  ate 

con  glom'  er  ate  ef  fern  i  nate  im  mod  er  ate 

in'  tri  cate  e  lab  o  rate  in  ver  te  brate 

ul  ti  mate  il  lit  er  ate  pre  cip  i  tate 

110.   Difficult  Monosyllables  of  Greek  Origin. 

balm  jot  pore  sphinx 

chord  lamp  psalm  sphere 

chyme  lobe  pyre  spleen 

chyle  mock  plague  sylph 

clang  myth  rheum  theme 

cone  nymph  rhomb  throb 

disc  ode  scene  thyme 

dose  pause  scheme  tomb 

dram  phrase  zone  tome 

gnome  phlegm  scope  trope 

111.   Words  relating  to  Medicine. 

me  die'  in  al          Belonging  to  medicine. 

pan  a  ce  a  A  medicine  that  cures  all  diseases. 

e  met'  ic  A  medicine  that  excites  vomiting. 

rec'  i  pe  A  medical  prescription. 

an'  o  dyne  A  medicine  which  allays  pain,  or  causes  sleep. 

an'  ti  dote  A  medicine  which  counteracts  the  effects  of 

poison. 

a  poth'  e  ca  ry      One  who  prepares  and  sells  medicines. 

dis  pen'  sa  ry  A  place  where  medicines  are  dispensed  to  the 
poor. 

ho  mo3  op'  a  thy  The  curing  diseases  by  medicines  which  pro- 
duce effects  similar  to  those  of  the  disease. 

hy  drop'  a  thy      Water-cure, 


SECOND   YEAR'S   WORK. 


Ill 


112.  Words  often  misspelled. 

Sep'  ar  ate... not  to  be  spelled  with  er,  because  its  Latin  root  is 

paro. 
Aq' ue  duct... not  to  be  spelled  ac-gue,  because  its  first  root  is 

aqua  (water). 
Wednes'day,..not  to  be  spelled  Wew,  because  it  comes  from 

Woden,  the  name  of  the  Scandinavian  god  of 

war.     Remember  to  spell  dn,  and  not  den. 
Prin  ci  pal... not  to  be  spelled  pie  when  most  important  is  meant, 

or  when  you  mean  the  master  of  a  school. 
Prin  ci  pie...  not  to  be  spelled  pal  when  you  mean  rule. 
Which... not  to  be  spelled  without  the  Jt.     In  Anglo-Saxon  it 

was  spelled  kw,  but  now  it  is  wh. 
These... not  to  be  spelled  Ikes. 
Dai'  ly . .  .not  to  be  spelled 


113.  French  Words  and  Phrases. 

Nasal  n  denoted  by  bold-faced  type. 


reveille 

(re  val'  ya), 

morning  call   by  beat   of 

drum. 

tout  ensemble 

(toot  an  sambl'), 

general  appearance. 

ci  devant 

(ce  de  van'), 

formerly. 

double  entendre 

(doobl  an  tandr'), 

double  meaning. 

tete-a-tete 

(tat-a-tat), 

close  talk  ;  head  to  head. 

vis-a-vis 

(veez-a-vee'), 

opposite  ;  face  to  face. 

sangfroid 

(san  frwah'), 

coldness  ;  self-possession. 

an  fait 

(o  fa'), 

well-skilled  ;  perfect. 

beau  monde 

(bo  mond'), 

fashionable  society. 

bon  ton 

(bon  ton), 

,good  style. 

en  route 

(an  root), 

on  the  way. 

en  suite 

(an  sweet'), 

in  company  ;  together. 

en  masse 

(an  mass'), 

in  a  body. 

en  passant 

(an  passan'), 

by  the  way. 

112 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


114.   Lesson  in  distinguishing  Words. 


Em  u  la'  tion  for  equality. 
Com  pe  ti'  tion  for  superiority. 

Im  ped'  i  ment  hinders  progress. 
Ob'  sta  cle  prevents  progress. 

0  bilged'  by  necessity. 
Bound  by  obligation. 

Dis  creet'  in  advising. 
Pru'  dent  in  taking  advice. 

Fa'  ded,  but  may  revive. 
With'  ered,  and  cannot  revive. 


Im  prac'  ti  ca  ble,  not  in  the 

circumstances  possible. 
Im  pos'  si  ble,   not  in  nature 
possible. 

Li'  bel,  slander  written  or  pub- 
lished. 
Def  a  ma'  tion,  slander  spoken. 

De  tained'  by  waiting  for  some- 
thing. 

Hin'  dered  by  the  badness  of 
the  roads. 


115.   Americanisms. 


X OTE.  —  The  teacher  will  explain  the  peculiar  use  of  these  words. 


cau'  cus 
lynch-law 
stump-speech 
spread -ea'  gle 
green  back 
war-whoop 
cal  cu  late 
shod  dy 
bo  gus 
lynch-law 
loaf  er 
row  dy 
scalp-lock 
back  woods 
pros  pect  ing 
yan  kee 


hoo'  sier 
buck  eye 
hoe-cake 
bun  combe 
risk  y 
horn  i  ny 
lob  by 
mile  age 
mail-car 
do  nate 
dick  er 
clear  ings 
dig  gings 
squat  ter 
grog  ger  y 
fresh  et 


fix'  ings 
husk  ings 
chow  der 
clam-bake 
corn-cake 
mass-meet  ing 
bread  stuffs 
smoke-stack 
fore  hand  ed 
bam  boo'  zle 
straw '-bail 
dead-head 
dead-beat 
log-roll 
out  sid7  ers 
sue'  co  tash 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


113 


116.   Common  Errors  in  Pronunciation. 


New  England. 

South  and  West. 

ften              for 

been 

bar            for      bear 

chist 

chest 

thar            "       there 

jist 

just 

whar           "       where 

dew 

do 

star            "       stair 

dee'  strict     " 

dis'  trict 

do              "       door 

sar  ten          " 

cer  tain 

har             "       hair 

sass 

sauce 

skeart        "       scared 

haouw           " 

how 

i'  dea          "       i  de'  a 

waal              " 

well 

wunst         "       once 

ruff 

roof 

yere            "       here 

jiste 

joist 

char           "       chair 

dawg            " 

dog 

gwine         "       going 

gawd            " 

god 

tiik             "       took 

laaf 

laugh 

haalf          "       half 

117.  French 

Words. 

attache 

(at  ta  sha'), 

an  official. 

souvenir 

(soov'  neer), 

a  keepsake. 

ennui 

(an  wee), 

weariness. 

morceau 

(raor  so^, 

morsel. 

coiffure 

(kwof  '  fure), 

head-dress. 

chignon 

(shin'  yon), 

a  style  of  dressing  hair. 

reconnaissance 

(re  con'  m  zance) 

,          examination. 

retrousse 

(ret  roo  sa'), 

turned  up. 

parole 

(pa  r5lO, 

word  of  honor. 

deshabille 

(des  a  bil'), 

an  undress. 

parterre 

(par  tare'), 

flower-bed. 

cortege 

(cor'  tazh), 

train  of  attendants. 

denouement 

(da  noo'  mon), 

end  of  a  plot. 

decollete 

(da  col  ta'), 

low-necked. 

H 

114 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


118.   Color  and  Appearance. 


speck'  led 

pie'  bald 

sight 

land'  scape 

freck  led 

mot  ley 

scene 

seen  er  y 

mar  bled 

rud  dy 

view 

spec  ta  cle 

dap  pled 

florid 

phase 

pag  eant 

griz  zled 

clar  et 

guise 

spec  ter 

brin  died 

chest  nut 

mien 

phan  torn 

mot  tied 

sor  rel 

hue 

pan  o  ra'  ma 

cloud  ed 

ha  zel 

vis'  ta 

vis'  age 

spot  ted 

ol  ive 

vis  ion 

com  plex'  ion    j 

striped 

taw  ny 

as  pect 

coun'  te  nance 

streaked 

rus  set 

pros  pect 

lin  e  a  ment 

check  ered 

eb  on 

pict  ure 

phy  si  og'  no  my 

119.  Lesson  in  distinguishing  Words. 


We  choose  one  from  a  number. 
We  pre  fer'  one  to  another. 

We  com  pre  hend'  what  we  ful- 
ly understand. 

We  ap  pre  hend'  what  we  do 
not  fully  comprehend,  as  eter- 
nity. 

We  cease  talking. 
We  leave  off  work. 

We  dis  cov'  er  what  before  ex- 
isted. 

We  in  vent'  what  did  not  exist 
before. 

We  join  hands. 

We  u'  nite  two  into  one, 


We  lead  a  blind  man. 
We  guide  a  traveler. 

We  re  mil'  ner  ate  for  services 

received. 
We  com'  pen  sate  for  injury  or 

loss. 

We  re  turn'  what  we  have  bor- 
rowed. 

We  re  store'  what  we  have 
taken. 

We  sur  ren'der  what  is  ours 
by  right. 

We  sym'  pa  thize  with  the  af- 
flicted. 

We  pi'  ty  the  distressed. 

We  have  com  pas'  sion  on  the 
miserable, 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


115 


120.  Means  of  Conveyance. 


car 

cart 

cab 

hack 

coacli 

chaise 

dray 

sleigh 

sled 

sledge 

truck 

wain 


wag'  on 
kuggy 
sulk  y 
car  riage 
pha'  e  ton 
char  i  ot 
cur  ri  cle 
ve  hi  cle 
car  i  ole 
rock  a  way 
am  bu  lance 
stage-coach 


ship 
boat 
bark 
brig 
sloop 
junk 
craft 
ca  noe' 
ves'  sel 
steam  er 
steam  boat 
steam  ship 


clip'  pei- 
pack  et 
frig  ate 
schoon  er 
cut  ter 
light  er 
shal  lop 
pin  nace 
lug  ger 
gun  boat 
mon'  i  tor 
i  ron  clad 


121.   Words  relating  to  Law. 

bar  The  place  where  lawyers  plead.     The  seat  of 

justice. 

bar7  ris  ter  A  lawyer  admitted  to  plead  at  the  bar. 

at  tor'  ney  A  person  appointed  by  another  to   transact 

business  for  him. 
A  person  who  is  legally  authorized  to  attest 

contracts  or  writings. 
A  law  officer  who  arrests  persons,  collects  fines, 

&c.,  in  the  name  of  the  sheriff. 
A  law  officer  that  inquires  into  the  causes  of 

violent  death. 
An  inferior  laAvyer. 
One  who  employs  a  lawyer. 
An  analysis  of  a  lawyer's  argument. 


no'  ta  ry-pub'  lie 
bail'  iff 
cor'  o  ner 

pet'  ti  fog  ger 
cli'  ent 
brief 

conn'  sel 
bench 


A  lawyer  charged  with  a  case  which  he  is  to 

manage  before  the  court. 
Where  the  judge  sits  in  the  court-room. 


116  SWINTON'S  WORD-BOOK. 

\  / 

122.   Wealth,  Wit,  and  their  opposites. 


mon'  ey 

pov7  er  ty 

1m'  mor 

jest7  er 

rich  es 

beg  gar  ry 

fan  cy 

jok  er 

fort  une 

des  ti  tu'  tion 

droll  er  y 

pun  ster 

mam  mon 

in7  di  gence 

wag  ger  y 

buf  foon7 

pi-op  er  ty 

pau7  per  ism 

wit  ti  cism 

clown 

com  pe  tence 

in  sol'  ven  cy 

fa  ce7  tious 

hu7  mor  ist 

rev  e  nue 

pen7  ni  less 

com7  ic 

stu  pid 

in  come 

bank  rupt 

jo  cose7 

stol  id 

af  flu  ence 

ne  ces7  si  tous 

laugh7  a  ble 

plod  ding 

op  u  lence 

need7  y 

lu  di  crous 

hum  drurti 

123.   Words  relating  to  the  Law. 

le'  gal  Belonging  to  law ;  as  legal  proceedings. 

le  git'  i  mate         According  to  law,  lawful ;  as,  a  legitimate  heir. 

il  le'  gal  Contrary  to  law ;  as,  an  illegal  act. 

a  nom/  a  ly  Deviation  from  the  common  rule  or  law  of 

things. 

to  leg'  is  late        To  make  laws. 

code  A  collection  of  laws. 

ju7  rist  One  skilled  in  civil  law. 

ju  ris  pru7  dence  The  science  of  law. 

de  fault'  Failure  of  appearance  in  court,  as  of  a  defend- 

ant. 

to  ab'  ro  gate        To  repeal  or  revoke  a  law. 

lit7  i  gant  One  engaged  in  a  lawsuit. 

non'  suit  The  end  of  a  suit  by  failure  to  prosecute. 

plain'  tiff  The  person  in  whose  favor  a  lawsuit  is  brought. 

de  fend'  ant  A  person  against  whom  a  lawsuit  is  brought. 

chi  cane'  A  trick  in  law  proceedings. 

out7  law  One  excluded  from  the  protection  of  the  law. 

e'  diet  A  law  proclaimed  by  order  of  the  sovereign ; 

as,  an  edict  of  the  Russian  emperor. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK.  117 


124.   "Words  relating  to  Poetry. 

met'  ric  al  Belonging  to  poetry ;  as,  a  metrical  version. 

po'  et  as  ter          A  person  that  writes  poetry  of  inferior  quality. 

verse  One  line  of  poetry  ;  also  poetry  itself. 

blank  verse          Poetry  without  rhyme. 

stan'za  A  number  of  lines  of  poetry  connected  with 

each  other. 

coup'  let  Two  lines  of  poetry  making  complete  sense ;  a 

distich. 

trip'  let  Three  lines  of  poetry  making  complete  sense. 

foot  A  certain  number  of  syllables  forming  part  of  a 

line  of  poetry. 

scan'  ning  •  Examining  poetry  by  counting  the  feet. 

hex  am'  e  ter       A  verse  consisting  of  six  feet. 

pros'  o  dy  That  part  of  grammar  which  treats  of  poetry. 

ode  A  poem  that  may  be  set  to  music,  or  sung. 

el'  e  gy  A.  mournful  poem ;  a  funeral  song. 

lyr'  ics  Poems  which  directly  express  the  emotions  of 

the  poet ;  anciently,  songs  sung  to  the  lyre. 

ep;  ic  A  poem  which  relates  a  story,  real  or  fictitious, 

in  an  elevated  style. 

pas'  tor  als  Poems  descriptive  of  the  life  and  manners  of 

shepherds. 

mon'  o  dy  A  poem  sung  by  one  person  only. 

a  cros'  tic  A  poem  of  which  the  first  letters  of  the  lines 

make  up  a  name. 

po'  et-lau'  re  ate  A  poet  employed  in  England  by  the  sovereign 
to  write  poems  on  special  occasions,  as  OH 
the  birth  or  marriage  of  a  prince.  The  pres- 
ent (1872)  poet-laureate  of  England  is  Alfred 
Tennyson. 

dog'  ger  el  Mean,  irregular  verse. 

di'  a  lect  Verses  written  in  a  particular  dialect,  as  the 

"  Heathen  Chinee,"  by  Bret  Harte. 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


125.   Common  French  Words, 


apropos 

(ap  ro  po7), 

to  the  point. 

garqon 

(gar  son7), 

a  boy  or  waiter. 

naivete 

(na  ev  ta7), 

simplicity. 

mile 

(sal), 

a  hall. 

chapeau 

(shap  po7), 

hat. 

chateau 

(shat  to/), 

country-seat. 

regime 

(ra  zheem7), 

system. 

roue 

(roo  a7), 

a  dissipated  man. 

<-i 
126.  Quarterly  Review,/ 

'fl&-  ^-^7 

sphinx 

1      ar  tic7  u  late 

at  tensive 

nymph 

al7  ien  ate 

e  lect  ive 

thyme 

con  cil'  i  ate 

cov7  e  tous 

phlegm 

as  so  ci  ate 

far  i  na7  ceous 

scheme 

ex  pa  ti  ate 

mea7  ger 

rec7  i  pe 

e  lab  o  rate 

fer  til  ize 

cau  cus 

pan  a  ce7  a 

na  tion  al7  i  ty 

shod  dy 

ho  mce  op7  a  thy 

rec  ol  lee7  tion 

chign  on 

chiv7  al  ry 

sue  ces7  sion 

spec  ter 

sep  a  rate 

ad  vise7 

phase 

phys  i  og'  no  my 

en7  ter  prise 

stol  id 

lin7  e  a  ment 

mo  sa7  ic 

wag  on 

rev  e  nue 

pol  i  ti7  cian 

lyr  ics 

pros  o  dy 

phi  lol7  o  gist 

re  gime7 

spe  cies 

sly7  ly 

a  byss 

hos  pit  al 

stead  i  est 

balm 

pyr  a  mid 

a  nal7  y  sis 

fa  c.ade' 

con  science 

ra7  di  us 

col7  or 

el  e  gant 

al  tar 

da  ta 

un  pleas7  ant 

Je  ho7  vah 

safe  ty 

be  nev  o  lent 

si7  ren 

ve  hi  cle 

con7  se  quence 

an  guish 

pi  e  ty 

au7  di  ble 

reg  i  men 

dis  tance 

a  mi  a  ble 

nau  seous 

ev7  i  dent 

di  vis7  i  ble 

spic  y           V 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK, 


119 


SEVENTH    MONTH. 
127.   Derivations  from  Latin  Root  to  stretch. 

Ten1  do,  ten1  sum  =  to  stretch.     162  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 

NOTE.  —  In  the  following  lessons,  pupils  are  not  expected  to  give  exact  and  discriminat- 
ing definitions  of  all  words  classified  under  the  several  root  words.  They  will  get  the 
general  drift  of  the  meaning,  however  ;  and  the  extent  to  which  defining  shall  be  carried 
must  depend  upon  the  time  of  the  teacher,  and  the  age  and  advancement  of  pupils. 

at  tend'  in  ten'  tion  pre  ten'  sion 

at  ten  tion  in  ten  sive  pre  ten  tious 

at  tend  ance  con  tend  dis  tend 

at  ten  tive  con  tent  dis  ten  sion 

ex  tend  con  ten  tion  por  tend 

'ex  ten  sion  con  ten  tious  por  tent  ous 

ex  tent  con  tend  ing  su  per  in  tend' 

in  tend  pre  tend  os  ten  ta'  tious 

in  tense  pre  tense  os  ten/  si  ble 

128.   To  lead. 

Du'co,  duc'tum  =  to  had. 


re  duce' 

re  due'  tion 

con  duce' 

tra  duce/ 

in  duce 

in  due  tion 

con  duct 

ed'  u  cate 

e  duce 

e  due  tion 

con'  duct 

ed  u  ca'  tion 

pro  duce 
de  duce 
de  duct 

pro  due  tion 
de  due  tion 
de  duct  ive 

due  tile 
prod  uce 
prod  uct 

in  tro  duce 
in  tro  due  tion 
aq'  ue  duct 

129.   To  make. 


Fafcio,facfti 

rm  =  to  make.    More  than  500  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 

de  feet7 
in  feet 

de  fee'  tion 
in  fee  tion 

pa  cif  '  ic 
ef  fi  cient 

de  fi'  cient 
of  fie  iate 

per  feet 
af  feet 

per  fee  tion 
af  fee  tion 

for'  feit 
for  feit  ure 

ben  e  fac'  tor 
de  fee'  tion 

ef  feet 
de  face 

ef  feet  ive 
de  face  merit 

suf  fice' 
suf  fi  cient 

de  fi  cien  cy 
man  u  fact'  ure 

120 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


130.  To  malice. 

Fa1  do,  fac1  turn  =  to  make. 

fact 

pu'  ri  fy 

de  fi'  cient 

fac'  tor 

glo  ri  fy 

de  fi'  cien  cy 

fac  tions 

rar  e  fy 

ef  fi  cient 

fac  to  ry 

clas  si  fy 

def  '  i  cit 

office 

fal  si  fy 

sat  is  fac'  tion 

of  fi'  cial 

just  i  fy 

ben  e  fac  tion 

of  fi  cious 

sim  pli  fy 

be  nef  '  i  cence 

per  feet 

no  ti  fy 

ben  e  fi'  cial 

per  fee  tion 

am  pli  fy 

art'  i  fice 

prof  it 

clar  i  fy 

art  i  fi'  cial 

pro  fi'  cient 

de  i  fy 

cer  tif  '  i  cate 

pro  fi  cien  cy 

beau  ti  fy 

or7  i  fice 

131.  To  call 

Vo'co,  voca'tum  =  to  call. 

voice 

ad'  vo  cate                in  vo  ca'  tion 

in  voke' 

vo'  cal 

vo  cab'  u  la  ry          prov  o  ca  tion 

pro  voke 

vow  el 

con'  vo  cate               con  vo  ca  tion 

re  voke 

vo  cal  ize 

e  quiv'  o  cate            av  o  ca  tion 

con  voke 

vouch  er 

e  quiv  o  ca'  tion       rev  o  ca  tion 

vo'  cal  ist 

voc  a  tive 

e  quiv'  o  cat  or         ir  rev'  o  ca  ble 

vouch  safe' 

vo  ca'tion 

e  quiv  o  cal               vo  cif  er  ate 

vo  cif  er  ous 

132.   To  come. 

Ve'nio,  ven'tum  =  to  come. 

ad'  vent 

con  ven'  tion         con  vene' 

ven'  ture 

ad  vent'  ure 

con  ven  tion  al     con7  vent 

ven  ture  some 

ad  vent  ur  ous       pre  ven  tion          cov  e  nant 

e  vent' 

ad  ven  ti'  tious       in  ven  tion            in  vent7 

e  vent  u  al 

ad  vent7  ur  er 

cir  cum  vent'        in  vent  or 

e  vent  u  ate 

con  ven  ience 

in  ter  vene            in  vent  ive 

pre  vent  ive 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK.  121 

133.    To  send. 
Mit'to,  mis1  sum  =  to  send,  to  let  go.     174  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 


mis7  sion 

ad  mis7  sion 

dis  miss7 

mis  sive 

ad  mit  tance 

dis  mis  siou 

mis  sile 

ad  mis  si  ble 

dis  mis  sal 

o  mit' 

com  mit 

per  mit 

o  mis7  sion 

com  mis  sion 

per/  mit* 

e  mit 

com'  mis  sa  ry 

per  mis'  sion 

e  mis'  sion 

com  mit'  tee 

per  mis  si  ble 

ad  mit 

com'  pro  mise 

re  mit 

prom'  ise 

sub  mit7 

re  mit  tance 

prom  is  ing 

sub  mis  sion 

re  miss 

prom  is  so  ry 

sub  mis  sive 

re  miss  ness 

pre  mise7 

trans  mit 

re  mit  tal 

prem7  ise 

trans  mis  sion 

sur  mise 

134.  To  take. 

Ca'piOy  capftw 

n  —to  take,  to  lay  hold  of. 

197  words  are  formed  from 

this  root. 

cap7  tive 

de  ceit7 

re  cip'  ient 

cap  ture 

per  ceive     4 

re  cep  tive 

cap  tious 

ex  cept 

oc'  cu  py 

ca  pa7  cious 

re  ceive 

oc  cu  pa'  tion 

ac  cept 

con  ceive 

par'  ti  ci  pie 

pre'  cept 

re  ceipt 

par  tic7  i  pate 

con  ceit7 

rec7  i  pe 

par  tic  i  pant 

135.   To  hold. 

Ten'eo,  ten'tum 

=  to  hold,  to  keep.     168  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 

con  tain' 

ten7  ant 

ob  tain'  a  ble 

con  tent 

ab  sti  nence 

im  per  ti  nent 

de  tain 

en  ter  tain' 

per  ti  na'  cious 

de  ten  tion 

ap  per  tain 

per  ti  nac  i  ty 

con  tin  ue 

ap  pur7  te  nance 

coun'  te  nance 

con'  ti  nent 

main  tain 

con  tin'  u  ance 

ab  stain7 

main'  te  nance 

en  ter  tain'  meiit 

SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


Po'no,  pos'itum 


com  pose 
de  pose 
dis  pose 
ex  pose 
im  pose 
op  pose 


136.  To  put 

to  put.     250  words  are  formed  from  this  root, 

trans  pose'  pur'  pose 

pro  pose  pos  i  live 

re  pose  op  po  site 

pro  pound  im  pos'  tor 

com  pound  im  post  ure 

post  pone  com  pos  i  tor 

137.  To  turn. 

Ver1  to,  ver'sum  =•=  to  turn. 


in  vert' 

in  ver'  sion 

ver'  sion 

ver'  sa  tile 

a  vert 

a  ver  sion 

vor  tex 

in  verse 

sub  vert 

sub  ver  sion 

ob  verse 

.  ad  verse 

con  vert 

con  ver  sion 

trav  erse 

con  verse' 

per  vert 

per  ver  sion 

trans  verse 

con  ver  sa'  tion 

re  vert 

re  ver  sion 

re  verse' 

ad  ver  tise' 

138.    To  carry. 


Fe'ro,  la'tum 
root. 

=  to  bear,  carry,  bring. 

* 

198  words 

are  formed  from 

col  late' 

col  la'  tion 

re  fer' 

ref  '  er  ence 

di  late 

di  la  tion 

con  fer 

con  fer  ence 

re  late 
e  late 

e  la  tion 
re  la  tion 

pre  fer 
de  fer 

pref  er  ence 
def  er  ence 

trans  late 

trans  la  tion 

differ 

dif  fer  ence 

leg'  is  late 

leg  is  la'  tion 

in  fer' 

in  fer  ence 

139.   To  draw. 

Tra'ho,  tracHum  =  to  draw,  drag. 


at  tract' 

de  trac'  tion 

sub  tract' 

ab  strac'  tion 

at  trac'  tion 

ex  tract' 

sub  trac'  tion 

ex  trac  tion 

at  tract  ive 

ex'  tract 

sub'  tra  hend 

in  tract  a  ble 

con  tract' 

re  tract' 

dis  tract' 

con  tract  i  ble 

con'  tract 

re  trac  tion 

dis  trac'  tion 

con  trac  tion 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


123 


140.    To  fold. 

Pli'co,  plica'tum  —  to  fold.     200  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 


ap  ply' 

ap  pli  ca'  tion 

pli'  ant 

dis  play' 

im  ply 

im  pli  ca  tion 

pli  a  ble 

com  plex 

com  ply 

com  pli'  ance 

sup  ply' 

per  plex 

com'  pli  cate 

com  pli  ca'  tion 

sup'  pli  an 

reply 

im  pli  cate 

du'  pli  cate 

sim  ply 

trip'  le 

sup  pli  cate 

sup  pli  ca'  tion 

sim  pli  fy 

trip  let 

mul  ti  ply 

mul  ti  pli  ca'  tion 

ex  plic'  it 

treb  le 

141.  The  end. 

Fi'nis  =  end  or  limit. 


fi'  nite 

in'  fi  nite 

con  fine' 

definable 

fi  nal 
fin  ish 
fine  ness 

in  fin'  i  ty 
in  fin  i  tive 
in  fin  i  tude 

con  fine  ment 
de  fine 
def  '  i  nite 

af  fin'  i  ty 
su  per  fine' 
in  def  i  nite 

fin  er  y 
fin  i  cal 

re  fine 
re  fine  ment 

de  fin'  i  tive 
def  i  ni'  tion 

un  fin  ished 
un  de  fin'  a  ble 

142.    To  carry  and  to  writQ. 

Potato,  portaftum  =  to  carry ;  scri'bo,  scrip1  tunt  =  to  write. 


ex'  port 

port'  al 

in  scribe' 

scrib'  ble 

im  port 

port  li  ness 

in  scrip  tion 

script  ure 

pur  port 

port  a  ble 

de  scribe 

post  script 

re  port' 

port  fol'  io 

pro  scribe 

tran  script 

sup  port 

im  port  ant 

as  cribe 

con  script 

trans  port 

de  port  rnent 

in  scribe 

scrive  ner 

143.   To  turn,  and  to  flow- 

Fled  to,  flee1  turn  =  to  (urn,  bend;  jh<!o,fludum  —  to  flow. 


de  fleet' 
de  flee  tion 
in  fleet 
in  flee  tion 
re  fleet 
re  flee  tion 


flex'  i  ble 
flex  i  bil'  i  ty 
re'  flex 
cir  cum  flex 
in  flex'  i  ble 
re  fleet  or 


af '  flu  ent 
af  flu  ence 
can  flu  erice 
ef  flu  ence 
efflux 
ef  flu'  via 


flu1  en  cy 
flu  id'  i  ty 
in'  flux 
re  flux 
in  flu  ence 
su  per'  flu  ous 


124  SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 

144.  To  stand. 

Sto,  sta'tum  =  to  stand,  to  set. 


dis'tant 

dis'  tance 

ex'  tant 

re  in  state7 

con  slant 

con;  stan  cy 

con  trast' 

con'  sti  tute 

sta  ble 

sta  bil'  i  ty 

ar  rest 

con  sti  tu'  tion 

sta  tion 

sta'  tion  a  ry 

stand'  ard 

cir'  cum  stance 

sta  tus 

in  sti  tu'  tion 

sol  stice 

des  ti  tu'  tion 

in  slant 

in'  stance 

stam'  i  na 

pros  ti  tu  tion 

145.   To  drive. 

PeVlo,  puVsum  =  to  drive,  push,  strike,  beat. 

com  pel'  im  pel'  pro  pel'  pul'  sate 

com  pul'  sion    im'  pulse  pro  pul'  sion  pul  sa'  tion 

com  pul'  so  ry   im  pul'  sive         dis  pel'  re  pul  sion 

ex  pel'  re  pel'  ap  peal'  re  pel  lent 

ex  pul'  sion       re  pulse'  ap  pel'  lant  dis  pelled' 

ex  pel'  ling        re  pul'  sive  ap  pel  la'  tion  re  pelled' 

146.   Word,  lite,  and  live. 

Ver^bum  =  word;  vVta  =  life ;  vifvo  =  to  live. 


Terb 

vi'tal 

vi'  ands 

sur  vive' 

ver'  bal 

vi  tals 

vict  uals 

sur  viv'  or 

ver  bose' 
vei7  bi  age 
ad'  verb 
prov  erb 

vi  tal'  i  ty 
vi'  tal  ize 
vi  vac'  i  ty 
vi  va  cious 

viv'  i  fy 
con  viv'  i  al 
re  vive7 
re  viv'  al 

viv'  id  ness 
con  viv  i  al'  i  ty 
re  viv'  i  fy 
vi  vip'  a  rous 

147.   To  see. 

Fi'deo,  vis1  urn  =  to  see.     160  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 


vis'  age 

vi'sor 

ad  vis'  o  ry 

pru'  dence 

vis'  i  ble 

vis  ta 

en'  vy 

re  vise 

vis'  ion 

vis'  ion  a  ry 

en'  vi  ous 

re  vis'  ion 

vis  it 

vis  it  a'  tion 

ev'  i  dence 

sur  vey' 

vis'  it  or 

ad  vice' 

pro  vide' 

sur  vey'  or 

vis  it  ant 

ad  vise' 

pro  vis'  ion 

su  per  vise' 

vis  u  al 

ad  vis'  er 

prov'  i  dence 

su  per  vi'  sor 

SECOND   YEAR'S   WORK.  125 

EIGHTH    MONTH. 

148.   Saving  and  serving. 

Serho,  served  turn  =  to  save,  to  keep ;  ser'vio,  ser'vitunt  =  to  serve. 


serv/  ant 
re  serve7 

ob  serve' 
ob  serv  ance 

serv'  ice 
serv  ile 

ser'  geant 
de  serve' 

res  er  va'  tion 
res'  er  voir 

ob  serr  ant 
ob  serv  a'  tion 

serv  il'  ity 
serv'  i  tude 

de  serv'  ing 
ser'  vice  a  ble 

pre  serve' 

ob  serv'  a  to  ry 

sub  serve' 

sub  serv'  i  ence 

pres  er  va'  tion    con  serv  a  to  ry    sub  serv  i  ent    de  serv  ed  ly 
149.  Knowing  and  feeling. 


Sci'o  =  to  know  ; 

sen'iio  =  to  feel. 

con'  science 

sen  sa'  tion 

as  sent' 

sen'  ti  ment 

con  scious 

sens'  i  ble 

dis  sent 

dis  sent'  er 

sci  ence 

sens  i  bil'  i  ty 

con  sent 

dis  sen  sion 

sci  en  tif  '  ic 

sens'  i  tive 

re  sent 

re  sent  ful 

om  nis'  cience 

sens  u  ous 

sen'  tence 

sen'  tient 

om  nis  cient 

sens  u  al  ist 

non  sense 

non  sen'  si  cal 

150.  Binding  and  building. 


Stnn'go,  stric'tum  =  to  bind; 

stru'o,  struc'tum  =  to  build,  pile. 

strin'  gent 

re  straint' 

struct'  ure 

ob  struct' 

strict  ness 

re  strict  ive 

in  struc'  tion 

ob  stmc  tion 

re  strict' 

strict'  ure 

in  struct  ive 

de  stroy 

re  stric  tion 

dis  trict 

de  struc  tion 

con  struct 

con  strain 

strain  ing 

de  struct  ive 

con'  strue 

con  straint 

strain  er 

con  struc  tion 

in  struct'  or 

151.   Taking  and  jumping. 

Su'mo,  sump1  turn  —  to  take ;  sal'io,  saVtum  =  to  jump. 


as  sume' 

pre  sume' 

sal'ly 

ex  ult' 

as  sump  tion 

pre  sump  tion 

salm  on 

as  sault 

con  sume 

pre  sump  tive 

sa  li  ent 

as  sail 

con  sump  tion 

re  sume 

in  suit' 

des'  id  to  ry 

con  sump  tive 

re  sump  tion 

con  suit 

ex  ult  a'  tion 

126 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


152.  Melt  and  look. 


Solfvot  soluHum.  =  to  free  or  loosen  ;  spe'cio,  specftum  «=  to  look. 

solve                  res  o  lu'  tion           in  spect' 

re'  tro  spect 

SO!Y'  ent             dis  solve'                 in  spec  tion 

cir'  cum  spect 

solv7  en  cy          dis  so  lu'  tion         sus  pect 

per  spec'  tive 

so  lu'  tion          ab'  so  lute               sus  pi'  cion 

spe'  cious 

sol'  u  ble            ab  so  lu'  tion          pros'  pect 

spe  cif  '  ic 

re  solve7             dis'  so  lute              as  pect 

spec'  ter 

153.   Carry  and  roll. 

¥efhot  vecrtum  =  to  carry  ;  vol'vo,  volu'tum  = 

to  roll. 

ve;  hi  cle               in  veigh7               re  volve' 

rev  o  lu'  tion 

ve  he  ment            con  vey                 in  volve 

in  vo  lu  tion 

ve  he  mence          con  vey  ance         e  volve 

ev  o  lu  tion 

vex  a'  tion             con'  vex                de  volve 

de  volv'  ing 

vex  a  tious            con  vex'  i  ty         vol'  u  ble 

vol  u  bil'  i  ty 

vex  a  tious  ly       in  vec  tive             vol  ume 

vo  lu'  mi  nous 

154.   Touching  and  giving. 

Tan'ffo,  taciturn  =  to  touch  ;  trib'uo,  trilu't^^m  =  to  give. 

tan'  gent            con  ta7  gion           trib'  ute 

con  tri  bu'tion 

tan  gi  ble          con  ta  gious          trib  u  ta  ry 

dis  trib'  ute 

in  tan'  gi  ble     con  tig  u  ous        at  trib'  ute 

dis  tri  bu'  tion 

tac'  tile              con  ti  gu7  i  ty       at'  tri  bute 

dis  trib'  u  tor 

in  tact'              con  tin'  gen  cy      con  trib'  ute 

ret  ri  bu'  tion 

con'  tact            at  tach  ment         con  trib  u  tor 

re  trib'  u  tive 

155.   True,  way,  one. 

Ve'rus  =  true;  vi'a  =  way  ;  u'nus  =  one. 

ver*  y                    de'  vi  ate               per'  vi  ous 

u'nit 

ver'  i  ly                 de  vi  a'  tion          triv  i  al 

u  nite7 

ver7  i  ta  ble           de7  vi  ous              triv'  i  al  ly 

u'  ni  ty 

ver'  i  fy                 pre  vi  ous             im  per7  vi  ous 

un'  ion 

ve  ra7  cious            ob  vi  ous               un  de'  vi  a  ting         u  nique' 

ve  rac7  i  ty            ob  vi  ate               vi7  a  duct 

u'  ni  form 

SECOND   YEAR'S    WORK. 


127 


sur7  plus 
sur  name 
sur  face 
sur  mount' 
sur  pass 
sur  charge 


156.  The  Prefix  above. 

Su'per  =  above. 
su  per  add' 
su  per  vise 
su  per  fine 
su  per  car7  go 
su  per  nu'  mer  a  ry 
su  per  struct'  ure 


su  per  nat'  u  ral 
su  per  hu  man 
su  per  ex  eel  lent 
su  per  scrip  tion 
su  per  im  posed7 
su  per  a  bun'  dant 


157.   Hold. 

Pre  hen'do,  pre  hen1  sum  =  to  take  hold  of. 


ap  pre  hend7 
ap  pre  hen'  sive 
ap  pre  hen7  sion 
com  pre  hend' 
com  pre  hen'  sive 
com  pre  hen'  sion 


rep  re  hend' 
rep  re  hen'  si  ble 
com  pre  hen'  sive  ness 
com  pre  hen'  si  ble 
mis  ap  pre  hend' 
mis  ap  pre  hen'  sion 

158.  Enough  and  Sacred. 

Sa'tis  —  enough;  saucer  =  sacred. 


ap  prise' 
com  prise 
com  pris'  ing 
en'  ter  prise 
sur  prise7 
im  pris'  on 


sat7  ed 

un  sat'  ed 

sac'  ri  fice 

con'  se  crate 

sa'  ti  ate 

sat'  is  fy  ing 

sac  ri  fi'  cial 

con  se  era'  tion 

sat  is  fy 

in  sa'  tiate 

sac7  ri  lege 

des7  e  crate 

sa  ti'  e  ty 

in  sa  ti  a  ble 

sac  ri  le'  gious 

des  e  era'  tion 

sat  is  fac7  tion 

dis  sat  is  fy 

sac'  ra  ment 

ex7  e  crate 

sat  is  fac  to  ry 

dis  sat  is  fied 

sac  ra  ment7  al 

ex  e  era7  tion 

Pos'se,  po'tens 


159.  Break  and  Power. 

to  be  able ;  rum'po,  rup'tum  =  to  break,  to  burst. 


pos7  se 
pos  sessr 
pos  ses'  sion 
pos7  si  ble 
po'  tent 
po'  ten  cy 
po  ten'  tial 

po7  ten  tate 
pow7  er  ful 
pos  ses'  sive 
im7  po  tent 
im'  po  tence 
om  nip7  o  tent 
om  nip'  o  tence 

rupt7  ure 
e  rup'  tion 
e  rup  tive 
ir  rup  tion 
cor  rupt' 
cor  rup7  tion 
cor  rupt7  i  ble 

dis  rupt' 
dis  rup'  tion 
ab  rupt' 
ab  rupt  ness 
in  ter  rupt' 
in  ter  rup'  tion 
in  cor  rupt'  i  ble 

128 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


160.  Father  and  Mother. 

Pa1  t£r  =  father  ;  ma'  ter  —  mother. 

pa  ter'  nal 

pa'  tron                           ma  ter'  nal 

pa  ter'  ni  ty 

pa'  tro  nage                      ma'  tron 

pa7  tri  arch 

pa'  tron  ize                      ma  ter'  ni  ty 

pa  tri  ar'  chal 

pa  tri'  cian                        mat7  ri  mo  ny 

pa'  tri  ot 

pat'  ri  mo  ny                   mat'  ri  cide 

pa  tri  ot'  ic 

par'  ri  cide                       ma'  tron  ly 

161.  Bearing  and  Eating. 

Fe'rous  =  bearing  ;  vo'rous  =  eating. 

fer'  rum 

iron               fer  rif  '  er  ous          =  iron-bearing 

ar  gen'  turn  = 

silver      .        ar  gen  tif  '  er  ous    =  silver-bearing 

au'  rum 

gold               au  rif  er  ous           =  gold-bearing 

car  bo 

coal                car  bon  if  e  rous    =  coal-bearing 

co  nus 

cone              co  nif  e  rous           =  cone-bearing 

car  nis 

flesh               car  niv'  o  rous         =  flesh-eating 

her  bum        = 

herb               her  biv'  o  rous         =  herb-eating 

gra  min 

grass             gram  i  niv'  o  rous  =  grass-eating 

162.  Common  Latin  Words. 

De'  us       = 

God                               ho'  mo          =       man 

rex 

king                                fern'  i  na       =       woman 

pa  ter        = 

father                             pu'  er            =       boy 

pa  tria       = 

country                           nox               =       night 

ma  ter       = 

mother                           di'  es            =       day 

fil  i  us       = 

son  .                              an'  nus          =       year 

163.  Hanging. 

Pen'deo,  pen1  sum  =  to  hang. 

ap  pend' 

pend'  ing                       sus  pend' 

ap  pend'  age 

pen'  dent                        sus  pense 

de  pend7 

pen'  du  lum                    sus  pend'  ing 

de  pend'  ence 

pen'  du  lous    ,               sus  pen'  sion 

de  pend'  ent 

im  pend'  ing                  pro  pen'  si  ty 

in'  de  pend  ence 

per  pen  die'  u  lar          per  pen  die'  u  lar  ly 

SECOND   YEAR'S   WORK.  129 

NINTH    MONTH. 

164.  Words  relating  to  Debts. 

debt7  or  The  person  who  has  contracted  a  debt. 

cred'  i  tor  The  person  to  whom  a  debt  is  due. 

liq  uid  a'  tion  The  payment  or  lessening  of  a  debt.  • 

se  CU/  ri  ty  Something  pledged  to  secure  the  payment  of 

a  debt. 

solv'  en  cy  Ability  to  pay  all  debts. 

in  solv'  en  cy  Inability  to  pay  all  debts. 

bank'  rupt  A  person  who  cannot  pay  his  debts. 

in  stall'  ment  A  certain  proportion  of  a  debt  paid  at  stated 

periods. 
as'  sets  Goods  of  a  deceased  or  insolvent  person  sub- 

ject by  law  to  the  payment  of  his  debts. 
sure'  ty  One  who  becomes  security  for  a  debt  being 

paid. 
ces'  si  0  bo  no'  rum  A  bankrupt's  goods  or  effects  formally  given 

up  to  his  creditors. 

set-off  The  clearing  of  one  debt  by  another. 

se  ques  tra'  tion      The  taking  possession  of  one's  property  till 

the  rent  or  profits  have  paid  his  debts. 
com  po  si'  tion         Mutual  agreement  for  the  discharge  of  a  debt. 

165.  Words  relating  to  Goods. 

mer'  chan  dise          Goods  bought  or  sold  in  trade. 
waif  Goods   found,   of  which  the  owner   is  not 

known. 


o 

bro'  ker  )  Person  commissioned  to  buy  or  sell  goods. 

a  con  sign'  ment     Goods  sent  or  delivered  to  an  agent  to  sell. 
bill  of  la'  ding        A  written  account  of  goods  shipped  by  one 

individual. 
bill  of  en'  try          A  written  account  of  goods  entered  at  the 

Custom  House. 
6*  I 


130  SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 

bon'  ded  goods     Goods  warehoused,  for  the  duty  on  which  bonds 

are  given  by  the  owner. 
gross  weight       The   whole   weight    of   goods,   including    the 

package. 
net  pro'  ceeds      The   sum   which    goods    produce    beyond   all 

charges  of  outlay. 

tran  sit  du'  ty     A  duty  paid  on  goods  that  pass  through  a  for- 
eign country. 
tar'  iff  A  table  of  customs  or  duties  on  goods  exported 

and  imported. 
at  tach'  ment        The  writ  for  taking  possession  of  the  person  or 

goods  of  a  debtor. 
con'  tra  band  g.  Goods  prohibited  by  law  to  be  imported  or 

exported. 


166.   Words  relating  to  Money. 

mis'  er  One  who  renders  himself  miserable  by  his  love 

of  money. 

av'  a  rice  An  inordinate  desire  of  possessing  money. 

dis  burse'  ment    The  spending  or  paying  out  of  money. 
in  vest'  ment        The  laying  out  of  money  on  some  species  of 

property. 

prod  i  gal'  i  ty     Extravagance  in  the  expenditure  of  money. 
cred'  it  The  transfer  of  money  or  goods  in  confidence 

of  future  payment. 

spe'  cie  Cash  as  distinguished  from  paper  money. 

re  mit'  tance        Money  transmitted  from  one  firm  to  another  for 

goods  purchased. 

pre'  mi  um  Money  given  to  induce  purchases. 

n'  su  ry  Taking  more  than  the  legal  interest  for  the  use 

of  money. 

freight  Money  paid  for  the  transportation  of  goods, 

morf  gage  The  pledge  of  property  or  goods  as  a  security 

for  the  payment  of  money. 


SECOND   YEAR'S   WORK. 


131 


167.   Words  relating  to  Ships. 

na'  val  Relating  to  ships  of  war  ;  as,  a  naval  station. 

nail'  ti  cal        Relating  to  ships  or  sailors ;   as,  a  nautical  al- 
manac. 

flo  til'  la          A  fleet  of  small  ships. 

ar  ma'  da         A  fleet  of  ships  of  war. 

sloop  A  vessel  with  one  mast. 

4schoon'  er        A  vessel  with  two  masts,  etc. 

bark  A  vessel  with  three  masts,  etc. 

brig  A  vessel  with  two  masts  square-rigged. 

ship  A  vessel  with  three  masts  square-rigged. 

frig7  ate  A  ship  of  war,  smaller  than  a  ship  of  the  line, 

usually  having  two  decks. 

pri  va  teer7     A  ship  of  war  armed  and  equipped  by  private  in- 
dividuals for  plunder,  etc. 

cruis7  er  An  armed  vessel  that  sails  to  and  fro  for  capturing 

an  enemy's  vessels. 

prow  The  fore  part  of  a  ship  or  boat ;  stem. 

stern  The  hind  part  of  a  ship  or  boat. 

hull  The  body  of  a  ship. 

keel  The  bottom  of  a  ship. 

helm  The    instrument    by   which   a    ship   is   steered; 

rudder. 

port-holes        The  holes  in  the  sides  of  a  ship  of  war  through 
which  cannon  point. 

to  scut'  tie       To   cut   large    holes   in   the   side   of   a   ship   to 
sink  it. 

star'  board      The  right  side  of  a  ship. 

lar'  board        The  left  side  of  a  ship. 

lee  side  The  side  of  a  ship  opposite  to  the  wind. 

ca  reen'  ing     The  bearing  down  of  a  ship  to  one  side. 

tack' ing          Changing   the  course  of  a  ship  by  shifting  the 
position  of  the  sails. 

found7  er  ing  The  sinking  of  a  ship. 

em  bark7  ing  Going  on  board  a  ship. 


132  SWINTON'S  WORD-BOOK. 

bal'  last  Heavy  matter,  as  sand,  laid  in  the  bottom  of 

a  ship  to  keep  it  steady. 
sal'  vage  A  recompense  for  saving  ships  or  goods  from 

loss  at  sea. 

moor'  ings  Anchors,  chains,  etc.,  used  hi  securing  a  ship. 

log  An  instrument  for  measuring  a  ship's  velocity 

through  the  water. 

log-book  A  register  of  a  ship's  way. 

con'  voy  A  ship  or  ships  of  war  which   accompany 

merchant  vessels,  to  protect  them  from  an 

enemy. 
em  bar'  go  The  official  prohibiting  of  ships  from  sailing 

out  of  port  or  into  port,  or  both. 


168.   Words  relating  to  Music. 

mil'  si  cal  Belonging  to  music ;  as,  a  musical  entertain- 

ment. 
mel'  0  dy  An  agreeable  succession  of  sounds  in  music 

by  one  voice. 

con'  so  nance  The  agreement  of  sounds  in  music  simulta- 

neously produced. 

in  to  na'  tion  The  act  of  sounding  the  notes  of  the  musical 

scale. 

Instrumental  music  accompanying  th«  voice. 

A  fanciful  air  in  music. 

A  musical  drama  of  a  sacred  or  dignified 
character. 

A  dramatic  composition  set  to   music,  and 
sung  with  representation  on  the  stage. 

A  place  for ;  also  a  band  of  musicians. 

A  player  upon  a  musical  instrument ;  a  singer. 

A  piece  of  music  for  two  performers. 

A  piece  of  music  for  three  performers. 

The  end  of  a  piece  of  music  which  closes  a 
concert,  or  an  act  of  an  opera. 


ac  com7  pa  ni  ment 
fan  ta'  si  a 
or  a  to'  ri  o 

op'  e  ra 

or'  ches  tra 
min'  strel 
oV  et 
tri'o 
fi  na'  le 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


133 


169.   Words  relating  to  singing. 

choir  A  band  of  singers  ;  a  part  of  a  church. 

chor'  is  ter  A  singer  or  leader  in  a  choir. 

chan'  try  A  Eoraish  chapel  in  which  priests  sing  mass. 

chant'  ing  Repeating  words  with  a  singing  voice. 

cho'  rus  Verses  of  a  song  in  which  the  company  join 

the  singer. 

pre  cen'  tor  The -leader  of  a  choir  in  a  cathedral ;  one  who 

leads  the  singing  in  a  congregation. 

bar  lad  A  popular  song. 

so'  lo  A  tune  or  song  by  one  person. 

glee  A  sort  of  song  sung  in  parts. 

car'  ol  A  song  of  joy  and  exultation. 

rec'  i  ta  tive  A  kind  of  singing  approaching  towards  ordi- 

nary speaking. 


170.  Words  relating  to  Painters  and  Painting. 

art'ist  A  general  name  for  painters,  sculptors,  en- 

gravers, etc. 

daub'  er  A  coarse  painter. 

lim'  ning  The  art  of  drawing  or  painting  in  water-colors. 

pal'  let  The  board  on  which  painters  place  their  colors. 

ea'  sel  The  frame  on  which  painters  place  their 

canvas. 

stu'  di  0  A  room  where  painters  study. 

pic  to'  ri  al  Pertaining  to  pictures ;  as,  a  pictorial  history. 

por'  trait  Picture  of  a  person,  or  of  a  face  taken  from  life. 

group  An  assemblage  of  persons  or  objects  represent- 

ed in  a  picture  or  in  a  piece  of  sculpture. 

cart'  oon  A  design  on  paper  of  a  large  picture. 

pan  o  ra'  ma  A  painting  unrolled  for  exhibition. 

cos  mo  ra'  ma  A  picture  of  the  world  or  of  particular  parts 
of  it. 

pic  tu  resque'          Like  a  picture ;  as,  a  picturesque  landscape. 

car'  i  ca  ture  A  ludicrous  picture  or  description. 


134 


SWINTON'S    WOKD-BOOK. 


re  lief ' 

high  re  lief' 
half  re  lief7 

low  re  lief7 
em  bossed7 
mod7  el 
con'  tour 

sculp7  ture 
bust 

Co  los'  sus 
niche 


square 


171.   Words  relating  to  Sculpture. 

A  figure  raised  above  the  ground  or  plane  on 
which  it  is  formed. 

The  figure  much  raised. 

The  figure  raised  about  one  half  above  the 
surface. 

The  figure  little  raised. 

Formed  with  raised  figures. 

The  pattern  or  figure  to  be  imitated. 

The  line  that  bounds  or  defines  a  figure  ;  out- 
line. 

Statues  or  carved  images  of  men,  beasts,  or 
other  things. 

A  statue  or  figure  representing  the  head, 
breast,  and  shoulders. 

A  statue  of  gigantic  size. 

A  cavity  or  hollow  in  a  wall  for  a  statue. 


172. 


tri'  an  gle 

par  al  lei'  o  gram 

rec7  tan  gle 

quad  ri  lat7  er  al 
trap7  e  zoid 

cone 
sphe7  roid 

pol;  y  gon 
pe  riph7  er  y 


Words  relating  to  Figure. 

A  figure  having  four  equal  sides  and  four 
right  angles. 

A  figure  having  three  angles. 

A  four-sided  figure,  whose  opposite  sides  are 
parallel  and  equal. 

A  figure  whose  angles  are  right  angles  and 
the  opposite  sides  equal. 

A  figure  having  four  sides  and  four  angles. 

A  four-sided  plane  figure  having  two  of  its 
opposite  sides  parallel. 

A  solid  figure  or  body,  circular  at  the  base 
and  terminating  in  a  point  like  a  sugar-loaf. 

A  body  or  figure  like  a  sphere,  but  not  per- 
fectly spherical.  The  earth  is  a  spheroid. 

A  figure  of  many  sides  and  angles. 

The  circumference  of  a  circle  or  any  geomet- 
rical figure. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


135 


173.  Words  relating  to  Fire. 

ig'  ne  OUS  Consisting  of  fire ;  as  igneous  particles. 

ig  ni'  tion  The  act  of  setting  on  fire. 

in  flam'  ma  ble      Ready  to  take  fire ;  as,  inflammable  gas. 

con  fla  gra'  tion     A  general  fire. 

in  cen'  di  a  ry  One  who  maliciously  sets  another's  property 
on  fire. 

or'  de  al  Formerly  a  mode  of  determining  guilt  or  in- 

nocence by  fire  or  water. 

174.  Words  relating  to  Gold. 

au  rif '  er  ous         Producing  gold ;  as,  an  auriferous  region. 

bill'  lion  Uncoined  gold  or  silver  in  the  mass. 

gilt  Overlaid  with  gold-leaf. 

gold-beat  er  One  who  beats  gold  into  leaf. 

al'  che  my  That  part  of  chemistry  which  relates  to  the 

transmutation  of  metals  into  gold,  the  find- 
ing of  a  panacea,  and  other  things  now 
treated  as  imaginary. 

175.  Words  relating  to  Heat. 

ther'mal  Eclating  to  heat,  as  thermal  springs;  warm 

springs. 

tep'  id  Having  a  moderate  degree  of  heat ;  as,  a  tepid 

bath. 

an  neal'  ing  The  art  of  tempering  by  heat,  as  glass  or  iron. 

ther  mom'  e  ter      An  instrument  for  measuring  degrees  of  heat. 

cru/  ci  ble  A  chemist's  melting-pot  made  of  earth  to  en- 

dure extreme  heat. 

py  rom'  e  ter  An  instrument  for  measuring  heat  above  that 
indicated  by  the  thermometer. 

ar'  id  Parched  with  heat ;  as,  an  arid  waste. 

sul'  tri  ness  Great  heat  of  the  weather. 

i  so  ther'  mal  Having  an  equal  degree  of  heat  or  a  similar 
temperature. 


136 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


176.  Words  relating  to  Iron. 

fer7  re  ons  Made  of  iron  ;  as,  a  ferreous  body. 

cha  lyb7  e  ate          Impregnated  with  particles  of  iron. 

pig'-i  ron  Iron  after  it  has  been  smelted. 

weld  To  unite  pieces  of  iron  when  heated. 

forge  The  place  where  iron  is  heated  and  hammered 

into  form. 

fonn'  dry  A  place  where  iron  is  cast. 

hard'  ware  Wares  made  of  iron. 

steel  Iron  hardened  and  refined. 

em'  er  y  An  iron  ore  found  mixed  up  with  other  min- 

erals. 

load7  stone  An  iron  ore  which  has  the  power  of  attracting 

metallic  iron. 


177.   Words  relating  to  Light. 

In7  mi  nous  Emitting  light ;  as,  a  luminous  body.  ' 

In7  mi  na  ry  A  body  that  gives  light. 

to  il  In'  mi  nate     To  throw  light  on ;  to  enlighten. 

an  ro'  ra  The  rising  light  of  the  morning ;  the  dawn 

of  day. 

me'  te  or  A  luminous  body  floating  in  the  atmosphere. 

link-boy  One  who  carries  a  light  or  torch. 

In  en  bra7  tion  Study  by  candle-light ;  that  which  is  com- 
posed by  night. 

op7  tics  The  science  which  treats  of  light  and  the  na- 

ture and  laws  of  vision. 

pho  torn7  e  ter  An  instrument  for  measuring  the  degrees  of 
light. 


178.  Words  relating  to  Measuring. 

men  su  ra7  tion       The  art  of  measuring. 

ge  om'  e  try  The  science  which  treats  of  the  measuring  of 

surfaces  and  solids. 


SECOND   YEAR'S   WORK. 


137 


gang'  ing  The  act  of  measuring  the  contents  of  casks, 

etc. 
the  od'  o  lite  An  instrument  for  measuring  heights  and 

distances. 

ste  re  om'  e  try      The  art  of  measuring  solid  bodies, 
sur  vey'  or  One  who  measures  the  quantity  or  quality  of 

anything ;  as,  a  surveyor  of  roads. 
me  trol'  o  gy          The  science  of  weights  and  measures. 


179.  "Words  relating  to  Printing. 


type 

com  pos'  i  tor 

ste'  re  o  type 

typography 

im  pri  ma'  tur 

fount 


The  form  of  a  letter  used  in  printing. 

One  who  sets  types  for  printing. 

A  plate  of  cast  metallic  type  for  printing. 

The  art  of  printing. 

License  to  print. 

A  complete  assortment  of  types  of  one  size. 


lap'  i  da  ry 
pet'  ri  fy 
whet'  stone 
free'  stone 

boul'  ders 

py  ri'  tes 

key-stone 

gem 

di'  a  mond 

pearl 


pum'  ice 


al'  a  bas  ter 


180.   Words  relating  to  Stones. 

One  who  cuts  precious  stones. 

To  turn  into  stone. 

A  stone  for  sharpening  edged  instruments. 

Stone  that  may  be  freely  cut  any  way  with- 
out splitting. 

Stones  moved  from  their  original  bed. 

A  fire  stone  ;  sulphuret  of  iron. 

The  middle  stone  of  an  arch. 

A  precious  stone  of  any  kind. 

The  hardest  and  most  brilliant  of  stones. 

A  precious  stone  formed  in  the  shell  of  a  kind 
of  oyster ;  a  gem. 

A  porous  stone  frequently  ejected  from  vol- 
canoes. 

A  species  of  limestone  found  hanging  from 
the  roofs  of  caverns. 


138 


SWmTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


gyp'  sum  A  plaster-stone  used  for  busts,  etc. 

glyp  tog'  ra  phy  A  description  of  the  art  of  engraving  on  pre- 
cious stones. 

a'  er  0  lite  A  meteoric  stone ;  a  stone  falling  from  the 

air. 

trac'  er  y  Ornamental  stone- work. 

181.  Words  relating  to  Flowers. 

flo'  ral  Kelating  to  flowers ;  as,  a  floral  show. 

flo'  list  A  cultivator  of  flowers. 

pet'  al  The  leaf  of  a  flower. 

stem  The  stalk  of  a  flower  or  of  any  plant. 

nec  ta;  ri  nm  The   part   of  a   flower  which   contains   the 

honey. 

bou  quet'  A  bunch  of  flowers,  nosegay. 

par  terre'  A  flower-garden. 

mo  nan'  der  A  plant  bearing  but  one  flower. 

am'  a  ranth  A  flower  which  never  fades. 

gar'  land  A  wreath  of  branches  or  flowers. 

chap'  let  A  garland  of  flowers  worn  on  the  head. 

Flo'  ra  The  fabled  goddess  of  flowers. 

an  thol'  0  gy  The  science  of  flowers ;  a  collection  of  flowers 

or  of  poems. 


182.  Words  relating  to  Death,  the  Dead. 

mor'  tal  Relating  to  death  ;  as  mortal  remains. 

ca  dav'  er  ous         Having  the  appearance  of  a  dead  body ;  as, 

a  cadaverous  look. 

mor  tif '  er  ons        Producing  death, 
hearse  A  carriage  for  the  dead. 

o  bit'  n  ary  A  list  of  the  dead, 

shroud  A  covering  for  the  dead. 

urn  A  vessel  which  formerly  held  the  ashes  of  the 

dead. 


SECOND   YEAR'S    WORK. 


139 


sep'  ul  cher  A  place  in  which  a  dead  body  is  interred,  a 
tomb. 

man  so  le'  um     A  stately  monument  to  the  dead. 

ne  crop'  0  lis  The  place  where  the  dead  are  buried,  a  ceme- 
tery. 

re'  qui  em  A  hymn  or  prayer  for  the  dead. 

el'  e  gy  A  plaintive  hymn  or  song  on  the  dead. 

Ha7  des  The  region  of  the  dead. 

cen'  o  taph  A  monument  erected  to  a  deceased  person  who 

is  buried  elsewhere. 

ma'  nes  The  ghost  or  shade  of  the  dead. 

nec'  ro  man  cy  Divination  by  pretended  communication  with 
the  dead. 

Morgue  A  place  where  bodies  found  dead  are  exposed 

for  recognition. 


a,  an 

amphi 

ambi 

anti 

ana 

apo 

aph 

anto 

arch 

cata 

dia 

dys 

deca 

epi 

ec,  ex 


TENTH 

MONTH. 

183.   Greek  Prefixes. 

without. 

en 

both. 

exo 

both. 

en,  em 

against. 

hexa 

through. 

hepta 

from. 

homo 

from. 

hyper 

self. 

hypo 

chief. 

hydro 

through,  down. 

mono 

through. 

pan 

bad. 

peri 

ten. 

psendo 

on. 

poly 

out,  forth. 

syn 

=  well. 

=  out. 

=  on. 

=  six. 

=  seven. 

=  similar. 

=  over. 

=  under. 

=  water. 

=  one. 

=  all. 

=  about. 

=  false. 

=  many. 

=  with. 


140 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


184. 

"Words  of  Greek 

Derivation. 

Me'ter  =  measure. 

chrono 

time 

chro  nom'  e  ter 

pyro               «= 

fire 

py  rom  e  ter 

thermo           = 

heat 

ther  mom  e  ter 

baro                = 

weight 

ba  rom  e  ter 

hydro             = 

water 

hy  drom  e  ter 

clia 

through 

di  am  e  ter 

photo              = 

light 

pho  torn  e  ter 

electro            = 

e  lee  trie'  i  ty 

e  lee  trom'  e  ter 

185. 

Words  of  Greek 

Derivation. 

Logos  =  reason,  word, 

science. 

log'  ic 

dec'  a  logue 

min  er  al'  o  gy 

lo  gi'  cian 

di  a  logue 

min  er  al  o  gist 

log'  a  rithm 

eu  lo  gy 

me  te  or  ol'  o  gy 

a  rial'  o  gy 

eu  lo'  gi  urn 

syl'  lo  gism 

a  pol  o  gy 

eu'  lo  gize 

ho  mol'  o  gous 

chro  nol  o  gy 

mon  o  logue 

cat7  a  logue 

186. 

Words  of  Greek 

Derivation. 

Logy  =  science  of. 

chronos 

time 

chro  nol'  o  gy 

conchos 

shell 

con  chol  o  gy 

entomon         = 

insect 

en  to  mol'  o  gy 

ethnos            = 

race 

eth  nol'  o  gy 

ge 

earth 

ge  ol  o  gy 

ichthys           = 

fish 

ich  thy  ol'  o  gy 

mythos 

fable 

my  thol'  o  gy 

ornithos         = 

bird 

or  ni  thol'  o  gy 

physis            = 

nature 

phys  i  ol  o  gy 

psyche 

soul 

psy  chol'  o  gy 

phren             = 

mind 

phre  nol  o  gy 

theos              = 

God 

the  ol  o  gy 

techne            = 

art 

tech  nol  o  gy 

zoon               = 

animal 

zo  61  o  gy 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


141 


187.   Hard  Words  of  Greek  Origin. 

Graph' o  =  to  write ;  graph1  y  =  writing : 


bios 

auto  s 

cheir 

kalos 

ge 

lithos 

orthos 

photos 

phonos 

typos 

topos 

tele 

stenos 

stereos 


life 

self 

hand 

fine 

earth 

stone 

correct 

light 

sound 

type 

place 

far  off 

short 

fixed 


bi  og'  ra  phy 
au'  to  graph 
chi  rog'  ra  phy 
ca  Kg  ra  phy 
ge  og  ra  phy 
li  thog  ra  phy 
or  thog  ra  phy 
pho  tog  ra  phy 
pho  nog  ra  phy 
ty  pog  ra  phy 
to  pog  ra  phy 
tel'  e  graph 
ste  nog'  ra  phy 
ste'  re  o  type 


Pol'is  =  city ;  pol1  us  =  many ;  gohii 
ron  =  measure ;  path'os  =  feeling. 


188.   Greek  Derivatives. 

angle ;  cos'mos 


world;   met'- 


po  lite'  me  trop'  o  lis 

pol'  i  tics  met  ro  pol'  i  tan 

pol  i  ti'  cian  cos  mo  pol  i  tan 

po  lice'  cos  mop'  o  lite 

pol'  i  cy  pol  y  syl'  la  ble 

pol  ish  pol  y  no  mi  al 


pol'  y  gon 
oc  ta  gon 
hep  ta  gon 
di  ag'  o  nal 


ap'  a  thy 
sym  pa  thy 
pa  thol'  o  gy 
al  lo  path'  ic 


trig  o  nom;  e  try  ho  mce  op  a  thy 
pol  y  tech  nic       hy  dro  path  ic 


189.  Greek  Derivatives. 

Ar'che  —  rule ;  graph1  o  =  to  write. 


mon'  arch  y 

en  grave' 

an  ar  chy 

gram'  mar 

ol  i  garch  y 

graph  ic 

ar  chi  tect 

tel  e  gram 

pa  tri  arch 

di  a  gram 

arch  bish'  op 

mon  o  gram 

arch  an  gel 

par  a  graph 

pho  tog'  ra  pher 
li  thog  ra  pher 
tel  e  graph'  ic 
eth  nog'  ra  phy 
his  to  ri  og'  ra  pher 
ty  pog'  ra  pher 
ty  po  graph'  i  cal 


142 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


190.  Words  of  Greek  Derivation. 


arc7  tic 
ac  me 
as  tral 
ath  lete 
bible 
bap  tist 
ba  sis 
cans  tic 
cen  ter 
cli  mate 
cli  max 
crit  ic 
cha  os 
chron  ic 


cy'  cle 
cyn  ic 
des  pot 
dog  ma 
di  et 
dra  ma 
ech  o 
e  ther 
eth  ics 
em  blem 
en  trails 
freri  zy 
gas  trie 
e  clipse' 


graph'  ic 
he  ro 
idol 
meth  od 
mar  tyr 
mon  ad 
mys  tic 
op  tics 
ox  yd  / 
pet  al 
phan  torn 
top  ic 
the  ist 
schol  ar 


a  pos'  tro  phe 
a  rith  me  tic 
an  tag  o  nist 
an  tip  a  thy 
a  non  y  mous 
a  ris  to  crat 
a  ual  o  gy 
a  pol  o  gy 
a  nom  a  ly 
a  e  rial 
as  tron  o  my 
as  trol  o  gy 
aii  torn  a  ton 
al'  le  go  ry 


191.  Words  of  Greek  Derivation. 


ag'  o  ny 

big'  a  my 

cyn'  o  sure 

ec  lee'  tic 

an  ar  chy 

cat  e  chism 

dem  o  crat 

e  clip  tic 

al  pha  bet 

cat  e  go  ry 

dem  a  gogue 

gal'  ax  y 

at  mos  phere 

cat  a  logue 

des  pot  ism 

gym  nas'  tic 

am  nes  ty 

char  ac  ter 

dy  nas  ty 

gy  ra  tion 

aph  o  rism 

char  i  ty 

di  dac'  tic 

hec'  a  tomb 

au  to  crat 

chro  mat'  ic 

dys  pep'  si  a 

hem  or  rhage 

an  tip'  o  des 

chol'  er  a 

di  lem'  ma 

hem  i  sphere 

a'  the  ist 

chol  e  ric 

eu'  pho  ny 

bar  mo  ny 

a  ro'  ma 

chron  i  cle 

elegy 

hy  dro  gen 

a  cros  tic 

chrys  a  lis 

ec  sta  sy 

hy  drau'  lie 

au  then  tic 

era  ni  urn 

ex  o  dus 

ho  ri  zon 

ath  let  ic 

cos  met'  ic 

en  er  gy 

i  de  a 

a  pos  tie 

gen'  e  sis 

pe  ri  od 

herf  o  ine 

bi  ol'  o  gy 

eu  lo  gy 

pan  o  ply 

mo  nop'  o  ly 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


143 


192.   Words  of  Greek  Derivation. 


i  de'  al 

met'  ri  cal 

pro  phet'  ic 

am  phib'  i  ous 

id'  i  om 

naus  e  a 

pneu  mat  ics 

a  nath'  e  ma 

idiot 

nar  cot;  ic 

sym'  pa  thy 

diph  the  ri  a 

lex  i  con 

or'  tho  dox 

sym  pho  ny 

dys'  en  ter  y 

lab  y  rinth 

op  tic  al 

soph  ist  ry 

ep  i  dem'  ic 

le  the'  an 

ox  y  gen 

spas  mod'  ic 

gen  e  al  o  gy 

mel'  o  dy 

par  a  dox 

sar  cas  tic 

e  pit'  o  me 

me  te  or 

par  a  dise 

tech'  nic  al 

phe  nom  e  non 

met  a  phor 

par  a  site 

the  a  ter 

pneu  mo  ni  a 

mys  te  ry 

phar  i  see 

syn  the  sis 

met'  al  lur  gy 

mech  an  ism 

phar  ma  cy 

the  oc'  ra  cy 

mel'  an  chol  y 

me  chan'  ic 

pen  ta  gon 

top'  ic  al 

pa  ral'  y  sis 

mech'  an  ist 

pet  ri  fy 

trop  ic  al 

e  phem  er  al 

mi  cro  scope 

pe  dant'  ic 

typ  ic  al 

pan  o  ra'  ma 

193.   Synonymous  Words. 


Anglo-Saxon. 

Latin. 

An.  Saxon. 

J-atin. 

Greek. 

free'  dom 

lib'  er  ty 

star'  ry 

si  de'  re  al 

as'  tral 

fear 

ter  ror 

speech 

Ian'  guage 

di  a  lect 

meat 

vict  uals 

saw 

prov'  erb 

aph  o  rism 

fa'  ther  ly 

pa  ter'  nal 

way  ward 

er  rat'  ic 

ec  cen'  trie 

moth  er  ly 

ma  ter  nal 

well-bred' 

af  '  fa  ble 

po  lite 

rich 

op'  u  lent 

curse 

mal  e  die'  tion 

a  nath  e  ma 

sight 

vis  ion 

foe 

op  po'  nent 

an  tag  o  nist 

hid  den 

oc  cult' 

tale 

nov'  el 

sto  ry 

ha  tred 

ab  hor  rence 

pithy 

con  cise' 

la  con  ic 

help 

as  sist  ance 

aim 

view 

scope 

death 

de  cease' 

guess 

con  ject'  ure 

hy  poth'  e  sis 

whole 

en  tire 

stress 

ac'  cent 

em'  pha  sis 

heav'  en  ly 

ce  les  tial 

feel'  ing 

sen  ti  ment 

pa  thos 

growth 

in'  crease 

sad 

dis  pir'  it  ed 

mel  an  chol  y 

144 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


194.   Synonymous  Words. 

Pairs  of  one  short  and  one  long. 


oil'y 

meal  y 
sweat 
fear 

help'  ing 
nois  y 
sleep  y 
clay  ey 
hum  bled 
dai  ly 
night  ly 
blood  y 
tear  ful 
tire  less 


o  le  ag'  i  nous 
far  i  na  eeous 
per  spi  ra'  tion 
ti  mid'  i  ty 
aux  il  ia  ly 
ob  strep  er  ous 
som'  no  lent 
ar  gil  la'  ceous 
hu  mil'  i  at  ed 
di  ur'  nal 
noc  turn  al 
san'  guin  a  ry 
lach  ry  mose 
in  de  fat'  i  ga  ble 


priest'  ly 

sac  er  do'  tal 

name  less 

a  non'  y  mous 

na  tive 

in  dig  e  nous   - 

high 

el'  e  vat  ed 

cool  er 

re  frig'  er  at  or 

ghost 

ap  pa  ri'  tion 

mirth 

hi  lar'  i  ty 

pomp 

os  ten  ta'  tion 

weak 

de  bil'  i  tat  ed 

bold 

au  da'  cious 

old 

an'  ti  quat  ed 

blame 

an  i  mad  ver'  sion 

tell 

com  mu'  ni  cate 

cease 

dis  con  tin'  ue 

be  gin' 

com  mence' 

bit'  ter  ness 

ac'  ri  mo  ny 

bod  i  ly 

cor  po  ral 

sweet 

sac  cha  rine 

cor  ner 

an  gle 

earth  ly 

ter  res'  tri  al 

heav  en  ly 

ce  les  tial 

east  ern 

o  ri  ent'  al 

west  ern 

oc  ci  dent  al 

north  ern 

hy  per  bo  re  an 

e  nough' 

suf  fi'  cient 

cr'  rand 

mes'  sage 

keep  ing 

cus  to  dy 

o  pen  ing 

ap  er  ture 

195.   Synonymous  Words. 

Anglo-Saxon  and  Classical. 

o1  ver  flow 
out  live' 
out'  ward 
in  ward 
shock 
cross 
sharp 
want 
weak 
wor'  thy 
will  ing  ly 
mean  ing 
out  side 
bleed  ing 


in  \m  da'  tion 
sur  vive' 
ex  ter  nal 
in  ter  nal 
con  cus  sion 
frac'  tious 
ac  rid 
ne  ces'  si  ty 
de  bil  i  tat  ed 
mer  i  to'  ri  ous 
vol  uri  ta  ri  ly 
sig  ni  fi  ca'  tion. 
ex  te'  ri  or 
hem'  or  rhage 


SECOND   YEAR'S    WORK. 


145 


200.   General  Review  Lessons. 

NOTK  FOR  TEACHERS.  —  These  lessons  may  be  taken  either  for  spelling-matches  or  for 
•written  examinations. 

LESSON  I. 


con'  scions 

per  ceive' 

res'  tau  rant 

ve'  he  ment 

con  science 

e  rase 

nun  ner  y 

de  vi  ous 

mar  riage 

re  ceipt 

ve  hi  cle 

sep  a  rate 

right  eons 

re  view 

ter  rif  '  ic 

prom  is  so  ry 

gra  cious 

in  veigh 

re  sist  ance 

rec  i  pe 

vi  cious 

u  nique 

ob  serv  ance 

main  te  nance 

pre  cious 

pos  sess 

con  cur  rence 

con  se  quence 

mus  cle 

ex  hume 

vex  a  tious 

blam  a  ble 

pit  tance 

ex  ude 

cour  a  geous 

ter  ri  ble 

par  tial 

ex  haust 

lo  qua  cious 

pay  a  ble 

cap  tious 

ex  alt 

ef  fi  cient 

pit  e  ous 

vict  uals 

ex  hort 

con  ven  ience 

du  te  ous 

snake 

mas'  tiff 

a  piece' 

ve  ran/  da 

LESSON  II. 


snail 

dai'  ly 

de  ceive' 

pi  az'  za 

psalm 

haugh  ty 

re  ceipt 

por'  ti  co 

calk 

gay  ly 

cro  chet 

rasp  ber  ries 

knives 

lily 

be  lieve 

huck  le  ber  ries 

skein 

al  ways 

re  ceive 

mil  li  ner 

grain 

cous  in 

con  ceit 

or  ches  tra 

whey 

au  ger 

bap  tize 

op  e  ra 

shears 

trou  sers 

pre  side 

man  til'  la 

craunch 

cur  rants 

di  vorce 

hoi'  ly  hock 

halves 

knuck  les  . 

an'  kles 

ver  mil'  ion 

qualms 

seiz  ing 

mar  riage 

em'  er  aid 

tongue 

griev  ous 

wal  lop 

bob  o  link 

square 

dai  sy 

sar  dine 

chick  a  dee 

7 

j 

146 


stair 

swear 

glare 

spruce 

squad 

fierce 

niece 

lief 

shriek 

feast 

thief 

girth 

skirt 

which 

ditch 

niche 


hitch 

quiz 

hoax 

cloaks 

rye 

shrewd 

crude 

true 

view 

lieu 

hue 

stopped 

stirred 

chopped 

rubbed 

clipped 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 

LESSON  III. 

chest'  nut 

knowledge  . 

mack'  er  el 

pitch  er 

col  lege 

hal  i  but 

salm  on 

bod  ice 

po  ta'  toes 

rai  sins 

wel  fare 

mu  si  cian 

cur  tain 

bed  stead 

coun'  tcr  pane 

pig  eon 

twi  light 

cov  er  let 

vi  cious 

sir  loin 

flat  i  ron 

grat  er 

sau  sage 

pi  an'  o 

sap  phire 

bu  reau 

phy  si  cian 

stir  rup 

prac  tice 

Cm  cm  na'  ti 

squir  rel 

tor  toise 

Cal  cut'  ta 

shep  herd 

whol  ly 

San  Fran  cis'  co 

sur  geon 

poul  tice 

Phil  a  del'  phi  a 

wheel  wright        dai  ries 

Chi  ca'  go 

vine  yard 

ba  bies 

New  Or'  le  ans 

pic  nic 

val  leys 

Feb'  ru  a  ry 

LESSON  IV. 

live7  long 

jock'  eys 

Jan'  u  a  ry 

wo  men 

py  thon 

E  liz'  a  beth 

guin  ea 

jour  neys 

Geor  gi  an'  a 

skill  ful 

mat  tress 

ab  bre  vi  a'  tions 

pars  nips 

re  cruit' 

as  par'  a  gus 

rhu  barb 

ac  crue 

can'  li  flow  ers 

let  tuce 

rou  tine 

cu  cum  bers 

shoe  ing 

bab  oon 

o  pos'  sum 

com  pass 

gi  raffe 

kan'  ga  roo 

rein  deer 

ho  tel 

drom  e  da  ry 

glu  ey 

ta  boo 

go  ril'  la 

ague 

bam  boo 

the'  a  ter 

swap  ping 

bid'  der 

ed  i  flee 

put  ting 

thin  ner 

par  o  quet 

grin  ning 

thin  ning 

beast  li  ness 

plan  ning 

fac  ing 

fus  si  ness 

SECOND    YEAR'S   WORK. 


147 


LESSON  V. 


grinned 

fix'  ing 

driv'  ing 

jui'  ci  ness 

snubbed 

trot  ted 

hat  ing 

dain  ti  ness 

jarred 

rot  ted 

swim  mer 

bus  i  ness 

whipped 

puz  zle 

wrap  per 

Al  le  gha  ny 

fixed 

gus  set 

shut  ter 

Lou  is  ville 

buzz 

pur  chase 

glad  der 

Mil  wau'  kee 

doze 

cot  tage 

glim  mer 

Fred7  er  ick 

cloth 

villa 

snap  ping 

Nich  o  las 

jail 

ken  nel 

thin  ner 

Lu  ere'  ti  a 

prude 

prun  ing 

grin  ning 

Fer'  di  nand 

dodged 

pheas  ant 

ty  phus 

Ten  nes  see' 

joked 

buz  zard 

hy  phen 

Col  o  ra'  do 

quizzed 

pul  let 

gey  ser 

Mis  sis  sip  pi 

mined 

full  ness 

quo  tient 

Eio  Grand'  e 

faced 

plov  er 

dye  ing 

Yang-tse-Ki  ang' 

LESSON   VI. 


grabbed 

neigh'  bor 

styl'  ish 

Great  Brit'  ain 

wrapped 

thresh  old 

strych  nine 

Mas  sa  elm'  setts 

sylph 

wel  come 

crys  tal 

Penn  syl  va  ni 

a 

lynx 

cook  y 

gym  nast 

In  di  an  a 

lynch 

tooth  ache 

cous  in 

Mis  sou'  ri 

tryst 

whoop  ing 

tough  en 

Ni  ag  a  ra 

myth 

bos  om 

hur  ried 

Shakes'  peare 

gnat 

reign  eth 

ca  tarrh' 

mov  a  ble 

steppes 

pray  eth 

ma  chine 

cur  a  ble 

peak 

mourn  edst 

ca  nard 

crit  i  cise 

shrieked 

bless  edst 

ra  vine 

cam'phene 

pierced 

clean  est 

ca  reen 

ben'  zine 

viewed 

min  now 

im  mense 

salt  pe'  tre 

grieved 

gar  lie 

con  ceit 

quo'  tient 

friend 

wee  vil 

con  tain 

pa  tient 

148 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK, 


LESSON  VII. 


sieve 

wea'  sel 

cas  cade/ 

ses'  sion 

seized 

o  cean 

cham  pagne 

lei  sure 

knobs 

bris  ties 

de  ceit 

treas  ure 

cleats 

al  monds 

per  ceive 

ra  tion 

thumb 

leath  er 

con  ceive 

sculpt  ure 

joist 

isth  mus 

be  numb 

scrip  ture 

laths 

wrist  band 

ob  scure 

change  a  ble 

phrase 

seiz  ure 

twink'  ling 

mar  riage  a  ble 

squeak 

gaug  es 

whist  ling 

serv  ice  a  ble 

cough 

fau  cets 

lodg  merit 

peace  a  ble 

wrought 

debt  or 

judg  ment 

tea  ket  tie 

taught 

mor  tise 

guid  ance 

ho  sier  y 

drought 

man  tel 

dam  ask 

hand  ker  chief 

weight 

cup  board 

tooth  ache 

tow  el  ing 

plague 

ga  ble 

whole  sale 

blue-eyed 

LESSON  VIII. 


basque 

fore'-plane 

hear7  say 

rain-'-gauge 

whiff 

neph  ew 

safe  guard 

two-tongued 

thump 

sul  phur 

block  head 

thor  ough-bred 

thatch 

ser  aph 

bump  kin 

make-be  lieve 

gimp 

or  phan 

Christ  mas 

tat  tie-tale 

fetched 

thor  ough 

oys  ter 

al  read'  y 

coughed 

spright  ly 

heav  en 

wedge'-  shaped 

shrieked 

brooch  es 

yeo  man 

fore  thought     . 

squeaked 

whip-stock 

das  tard 

plumb-line 

whipped 

wher  ry 

hea  then 

gi  gan'  tic 

waltzed 

wharf  age 

dai  sy 

sal  e  ra'  tus 

loose 

re  mit'  tance 

ex  pelled' 

et'  i  quette 

plaid 

ac  quit  tal 

oc  curred 

rev  e  nue 

fraught 

con  cur  rence 

re  ferred 

prai  rie 

flail 

a  bet  ted 

gam'  boled 

pres  tige 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


149 


LESSON  IX. 


queer 

sir'  loin 

dis  an  nul7 

chign'  on 

squint 

vict  ual  er 

dis  in  clined 

ze  nith 

splice 

thiev  ish 

al  to  geth7  er  . 

cal  i  co 

s.coop 

sham  rock 

bare'  faced 

horn  i  ny 

hoard 

di  a  mond 

cour  age 

tap  i  o7  ca 

quaff 

or  cle  al 

au  burn 

ma  la'  ri  a 

knit 

on  slaught 

peas  ant 

so  pra  no 

straight 

ap  prise' 

mis  chief 

fi  as  co 

shrewd 

de  bauch 

hein  ous 

cu'  po  la 

thwart 

en  treat 

horn  age 

op  er  a 

quoth 

mus'  sels 

sa  chem 

cam  e  o 

feign 

bou  quet' 

pap  poose7 

com  man  dant7 

chief 

re  peal 

bur  lesque 

chap  ar  ral 

doubt 

re  trieve 

gro  tesque 

flex  i  bil'  i  ty 

haunch 

re  treat 

can  teen 

lu'  di  crous 

LESSON  X. 


gauge 

re  lease7 

bro  cade7 

res7  tau  rant 

gouge 

main  tain 

de  tach 

ter  rif  7  ic 

grief 

es  quire 

con  ceit 

in  dig  nant 

lieu 

cha  grin 

can7  on 

ex  ult  ant 

league 

chi  cane 

caout  chouc 

ex  haust  ion 

gauze 

fi  nesse 

ex  haust7 

ex  or  bi  tant 

quest 

nan  keen 

ex  alt 

ir  rel  e  vant 

quire 

si  moom 

ex  hort 

ex  pect  ant 

reign 

stam  pede 

ex  ude 

re  splend  ent 

quote 

ca  noe 

ex  hume 

de  spond  ent 

vogue 

di  van 

in  nate 

im7  mi  nent 

vague 

cor7  ral 

in  ert 

re  ceiv7  a  ble 

rouge 

ran  cho 

o  paque 

charge7  a  ble 

clique 

gua  no 

ob  scene 

im  press7  i  ble 

forte 

go  pher 

of  fense 

ex  haust  i  ble 

150 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


LESSON  XI. 


lyre 

art/  i  fice 

in  ter  ruptr 

triph'  thong 

lapse 

beau  ti  fy 

cor  rupt'  i  ble 

triv  i  al 

aunt 

ef  fi'  dent 

pa7  tron  ize 

in  ex'  o  ra  ble 

scent 

pro  fi  cient 

par  ri  eide 

pro  vin  cial 

veil 

com  rnis  sion 

pred  e  ces'  sor 

ob'  se  quies 

vein 

ad  mit  tance 

oc  cur7  rence 

ex  pe  di'  tious 

square 

ad  mis  sion 

in  diet  ment 

ex  pe;  di  ent 

type 

per  mis  sion 

se  di  tion 

i  tal  i  cize 

chord 

ca  pa  cious 

in  i  tial 

tran'  quil  ize 

disc 

re  cip  i  ent 

in  i  ti  ate 

scan  dal  ize 

hour 

par'  ti  ci  pie 

ad'  e  quate 

sol  em  nize 

myth 

ir  rev'  o  ca  ble 

pro  hib'  it 

as  cen;  sion 

nymph 

con  ven  ience 

in  debt  ed 

com'  pro  mise 

phlegm 

pre  ven  tion 

le'  gal  ize 

crit'  i  cise 

plague 

e  quiv  o  cal 

de  jec'  tion 

ad  ver  tise 

i 

LESSON  XII. 

A.M. 

KB. 

Dr. 

Obt. 

P.M. 

MS. 

Gov. 

Dep. 

M. 

D.  C. 

Int. 

Mem. 

N. 

U.S. 

Amt. 

8vo. 

S. 

M.  C. 

ult. 

12mo. 

E. 

E.  R. 

inst. 

Bal. 

W. 

0. 

prox. 

Cur. 

P.O. 

S.  C. 

a. 

Cwt. 

LL.  D.               N.  C. 

*  P- 

Abe. 

A.  D. 

N.  J. 

q- 

deft. 

C.  O. 

D.             N.  Y. 

Atty. 

conj. 

D.  D. 

N.  H. 

Sen. 

def. 

B.  C. 

M.  D. 

Col. 

Ans. 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK.  151 

201.  Reference-Table  of  Rules. 

RULE  I.  —  Final  e  followed  by  a  vowel. 

Final  e  of  a  primitive  word  is  dropped  on  taking  a  suffix 
beginning  with  a  vowel.  Examples :  blame  +  able  =  blamable ; 
guide  +  ance  =  guidance ;  come  +  ing  =  coming;  force  +  ible  —  for- 
cible ;  obscure  +  ity  =  obscurity. 

Exception  1.  —  Words  ending  in  ge  or  ce  usually  retain  the  e 
before  a  suffix  beginning  with  a  or  o,  for  the  reason  that  c  and  y 
would  have  the  hard  sound  if  the  e  were  dropped.  Examples  : 
peace  +  able  =  peaceable  ;  change  +  able  =  changeable  ;  courage  + 
ous  =  courageous. 

Exception  2.  —  Words  ending  in  oe  final  retain  the  e  to  pre- 
serve the  sound  of  the  root ;  as  shoe  +  ing  =  shoeing  ;  hoe  + 
ing  =  hoeing.  The  e  is  retained  in  a  few  words  to  prevent  their 
being  confounded  with  similar  words,  as  singe  +  ing  -  singeing, 
to  prevent  its  being  confounded  with  singing. 

RULE  II.  —  Final  e  followed  by  a  consonant. 

Final  v  of  a  primitive  word  is  retained  on  taking  a  suffix 
beginning  with  a  consonant.  Examples  :  pale  +  ness  =  pale- 
ness ;  large  4-  ly  =  largely. 

Exception  1.  —  When  the  final  e  is  preceded  by  a  vowel,  it  is 
sometimes  omitted.  Examples  :  due  +  ly  =  duly  ;  true  -f  ly  = 
truly  ;  whole  +  ly  =  wholly. 

Exception  2.  —  A  few  words  ending  in  e  drop  the  e  before  a 
suffix  beginning  with  a  consonant.  Examples  :  judge  -f  ment 
=  judgment  ;  lodge  4-  ment  =  lodgment  ;  abridge  -f  ment  = 
abridgment. 

RULE  III.  —  Final  y  preceded  by  a  consonant. 

Final  y  of  a  primitive  word,  when  preceded  by  a  conso- 
nant, is  generally  changed  into  /  on  the  addition  of  a  suffix. 

Exception  1.  —  Before  ing  or  ish,  the  final  y  is  retained  to 
prevent  the  doubling  of  the  i.  Example  :  pity  +  ing  -  pitying. 


152  SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 

Exception  2.  —  Words  ending  in  ie  and  dropping  the  e  by 
Rule  I.  change  the  i  into  y  to  prevent  the  doubling  of  the  i. 
Examples  :  die  +  ing  =  dying ;  lie  +  ing  =  lying. 

Exception  3.  —  Final  y  is  sometimes  changed  into  e  j  as 
duty  +  ous  =  duteous  ;  beauty  +  ous  -  beauteous. 

RULE  IV.  —  Final  y  preceded  by  a  vowel, 

Final  y  of  a  primitive  word,  when  preceded  by  a  vowel, 
should  not  be  changed  into  an  /  before  a  suffix,  Example  : 
joy  +  less  =  joy  less. 

RULE  V.  — Doubling. 

Words  of  one  syllable  (monosyllables),  and  words  accented 
on  the  last  syllable,  when  they  end  with  a  single  consonant, 
preceded  by  a  single  vowel,  or  by  a  vowel  after  qu,  double 
their  final  letter  before  an  additional  syllable  that  begins 
with  a  vowel.  Examples  :  rob  +  ed  =  robbed  ;  fop  +  ish  =  fop- 
pish ;  squat  4-  er  =  squatter ;  prefer  +  ing  =  preferring. 

Exceptions.  —  X  final,  being  equivalent  to  /cs,  is  never  doubled ; 
and  when  the  derivative  does  not  retain  the  accent  of  the  root, 
the  final  consonant  is  not  always  doubled ;  as  prefer'  +  ence  = 
preference. 

RULE  VI.  —  No  Doubling. 

A  final  consonant,  when  it  is  not  preceded  by  a  single 
vowel,  or  when  the  accent  is  not  on  the  last  syllable,  should 
remain  single  before  an  additional  syllable ;  as,  toil  +  ing  = 
toiling  ;  cheat  +  ed  =  cheated ;  murmur  +  ing  =  murmuring. 


SECOND    YEAR'S   WORK.  153 


202.  Reference-Table  of  Suffixes. 

Ac  signifies  of,  belonging  or  relating  ;  cardiac,  relating  to  the 
heart. 

Aceous  signifies:  1.  of,  2.  consisting  of,  3.  like,  or  resembling ; 
1.  cetaceous,  2.  foliaceous,  3.  saponaceous. 

Acy  signifies  :  1.  being,  2.  state  of  being,  3.  office  of;  1.  ac- 
curacy, 2.  celibacy,  3.  magistracy. 

Age  signifies  :  1.  a  collection  of,  2.  being  or  state  of  being,  3.  an 
allowance  for  ;  1.  foliage,  2.  peerage,  3.  postage. 

Al  signifies:  1.  of,  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to,  2.  befit- 
ting or  becoming ;  I.  personal,  2.  maternal. 

An,  or  ian,  signifies  :  1.  one  who,  or  the  person  that,  2.  of,  be- 
longing, we  pertaining  to;  1.  artisan,  2.  Christian. 

Ance,  or  ancy  (ence,  or  ency),  signifies :  1.  being,  or  state  of 
being,  2.  "ing";  1.  vigilance,  constancy,  2.  innocence,  state  of 
being  innocent,  refulgency. 

Ant  signifies :  1.  one  who,  or  the  person  that,  2.  "ing" ;  1.  as- 
sistant, 2.  abundant. 

Ar  signifies  :  1.  of,  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to,  2,  hav- 
ing ;  1.  circular,  2.  angular. 

Ary  signifies  :  1.  one  who,  or  the  person  that,  2.  of,  belonging, 
relating,  or  pertaining  to,  3,  the  place  where,  4.  the  thing  that ; 

1.  adversary,  2.  epistolary,  3.  library,  4.  boundary. 

Ate  signifies:  1.  one  who  or  the  person  that,  2.  having,  being, 
3.  to  make,  to  give,  to  put,  or  to  take  ;  1.  legate,  2.  corporate, 
adequate,  3.  assimilate,  animate. 

Ent  signifies  :  1.  one  who,  or  the  person  that,  2.  being,  or 
"ing";  1.  student,  2,  equivalent,  pendent. 

Ic,  or  ical,  signifies  of,  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to  ; 
heroic,  poetical. 

Ice  signifies  :    1.  the  thing  that,  2,  the  attribute  of ;  1.  notice, 

2.  justice. 

Ics  signifies  :  3,  the  doctrine  or  science  of,  2.  art  of;  1.  ethics, 
2.  pyrotechnics. 


s 

154  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

He  signifies  :  1.  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to,  2.  may  or 
can  be,  3.  apt  to  ;  1.  hostile,  2.  ductile,  3.  docile,  agile. 

Ine  signifies  of,  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to  ;  marine. 

Ion  signifies  :  1.  the  act  of,  2.  being,  or  state  of  being,  3. 
"ing"-,  1.  probation,  2.  corruption,  3.  friction. 

Ise,  or  ize,  signifies:  1.  to  make,  2.  to  give ;  1.  fertilize,  2. 
characterize. 

Ism  signifies  :  1.  &<?my,  or  s&zfe  of  being,  2.  «w  u&om,  3.  doc- 
trine of;  1.  barbarism,  2.  Anglicism,  3.  Mormoriism. 

1st  signifies  one  who,  or  the  person  that ;  novelist. 

Ite  signifies  one  who,  or  the  person  that;  having,  "ing"  as 
Hussite,  definite. 

Ity,  or  ty,  signifies  being,  or  state  of  being  ;  ability. 

Ive  signifies:  1.  one  who,  2.  having  power,  3.  "i»g*\  1.  cap- 
tive, 2.  corrective,  3.  progressive. 

Let  signifies  little  or  */»a//  ;  rivulet. 

Merit  signifies  :  1.  being,  or  state  of  being,  2.  act  of,  3.  tffo  lAiffy 
that ;  1.  abasement,  2.  payment,  3.  inducement. 

Mony  signifies  :  1.  being,  or  state  of  being,  2.  thing  that ;  1.  ac- 
rimony, 2.  testimony. 

Or  signifies  :  1.  one  who,  2.  the  act  of,  "ing,"  3.  that  which 
causes ;  1.  auditor,  2.  favor,  3.  motor. 

Ory  signifies  :  1.  tJie  place  where,  2.  thing  that,  3.  of,  belong- 
ing, relating,  or  pertaining  to,  "ing"\  1.  armory,  2.  memory, 
3.  consolatory,  transitory. 

Ose  signifies  full  of;  jocose. 

Ous  signifies  :  1.  full  of,  2.  consisting  of,  3.  belonging  to,  4. 
given  to,  5.  "  ing"  \  1.  populous,  2.  aqueous,  3.  cutaneous,  4.  con- 
tentious, 5.  timorous. 

Tude,  or  ude,  signifies  being,  or  state  of  being ;  altitude, 
quietude. 

Ule  signifies  little,  or  small ;  globule. 

Ure  signifies  :  1.  the  thing,  2.  being,  or  state  of  being,  3.  act 
of;\.  picture,  2.  rapture,  3.  departure. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


OCT  27  1915 


30m-l,'15 


TA 


Notable   New    Boolis. 

STANDARD 

SUPPLEMENTARY  READERS, 

EDITED   BY 

WILLIAM  SWINTON  and  GEORGE  B.  CATHCART. 

A    SERIES    OF    CAREFULLY-  GRADUATED    READING    BOOKS, 
designed  to  connect  with  any  of  the  regular  Readers.    They  are  attrac- 
tive in  appearance,  are  boundjn  cloth,  and  the  first  four  books  are  pro- 
fusely illustrated  by  the  best  artists.    The  six  books,  which  are  closely  co-ordi- 
nated with  the  several  Readers  of  the  regular  series,  are : 

I.  EASY  STEPS  FOR  LITTLE  FEET. 

Supplementary  to  FIRST  READER. 

In  this  book  the  attractive  is  the  chief  aim,  and  the  pieces  have  been  written 
and  chosen  with  special  reference  to  the  feelings  and  fancies  of  early  childhood. 
II.  GOLDEN  BOOK  OF  CHOICE  READING. 

Supplementary  to  SECOND  READER. 

This  book  represents  a  great  variety  of  pleasing  and  instructive  reading, 
consisting  of  child-lore  and  poetry,  noble  examples  and  attractive  object- 
reading;,  written  specially  for  it. 

III.  BOOK  OF  TALES. 

Being  School  Readings  Imaginative  and  Emotional.      Supplementary  to 

THIRD  READER. 

In  this  book  the  youthful  taste  for  imaginative  and  emotional  is  fed  with 
pur«-  and  noble  creations  drawn  from  the  literature  of  all  rations. 

IV.  READINGS  IN  NATURE'S  BOOK. 

Supplementary  to  FOURTH  READER. 

This  book  contains  a  varied  collection  of  cbarmmg  -eadmgs  in  Natural  His- 
tory and  Botany,  drawn  from  the  works  of  tiie  great  modern  naturalists  and 
travelers. 

V    LEVEN  AMERICAN  CLASSICS. 
VI.  SEVEN  BRITISH  CLASSICS. 

The  "Class  cs1'  "re  suitable  for  reading  in  advanced  grades,  and  aim  to 
instill  a  tas'e  fo.   th     hieher  literature,  by  the  presentation  of  gems  of 
and  American  aufhr  •  inn. 

A  SHORTER  COURSE  IN 

ENGLISH  GRAMMAR  AND  COMPOSITION. 

By  W.  B     WELLS,   A.M. 

An  entirely  new  work  by  this  venerable  author,  being  the  result  of  a  life- 
long study  of  books  and  methods  in  this  branch  of  education. 

The  work  is  intended  to  furnish  all  the  aid  that  is  needed  by  the  ordinary 
student  in  learning  to  speak  and  -rite  well.  It  begins  with  the  knowledge 
which  the  pupil  already  possesses  nd  carries  him  directly  forward  in  the  prac- 
tical  study  and  use  of  the  lar-r^fte.  The  rules  of  Grammar  are  nowhere 
taught  as  abstract  principles,  bat  everywhere  in  their  practical  application. 

"This  SHORTER  COURSE  may  oroperly  be  defined  as  a  book  of  progressive  ex- 
ercises in  speaking  and  writing  English,  accompanied, by  a  constant  applica- 
tion of  the  Principles  and  Rules  by  which  language  is  governed. 

***  Correspondence  is  solicited  with  reference  to  the  introduction  of  the 
above  books  Favorable  rates  wzY/  be  made  for  examination  and  introduction. 

IV1SOS,  BLAKEMAN,  TAYLOR  &  CO., 

PUBLISHERS, 
N£W  YORK  and  CHICAGO. 


